REVISED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY …environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/...8. NV S.V.R. Subramanyam December, 2017 – May, 2018 Verification of noise and traffic

REVISED

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

STUDY FOR PROPOSED PDH UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR, MAHARASHTRA

Report No.: B078-1742-EI-1901 April, 2020

Project Proponent: Environmental Consultant:

GAIL (India) Limited

FILE No.: J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I)

Engineers India Limited

CERTIFICATE NO.: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0041

Sector-18 (NABET) and Sector - 5 (c) – MoEFCC

CATEGORY-A

Page 1 of 2

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS REPORT

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA Study Report for PDH unit integrated with PP Unit at Usar for M/s. GAIL (India) Limited. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA (Sector: 5(c) Petrochemical Complex, (Category A) as per 2006 EIA Notification. EIA COORDINATOR: Name: Mr. R.S.Prasad

Signature & Date: Period of involvement: December, 2017 – February, 2020 Contact information: Mob - 9818689849 Email: [email protected] FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS:

Sr. No.

Functional Areas

Name of the experts

Involvement (Period & Task) Signature & Date

1. AP Jayant Kumar Joshi

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Estimation of fugitive emissions, Identification of impacts on AP and suggesting mitigation measures.

2. WP Parveen Kumar Goel

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Review of proposed water requirements for the project, verification and analysis of baseline data, impact assessment, and preparation of environmental management plan for water environment.

3. SHW Jayant Kumar Joshi

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Identification of storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste for the proposed plant. Finalisation of Environmental Monitoring Plan and Environmental Management Plan.

4. SE Raja Subbaratna Prasad

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Review of demographic characteristics, and supervision of baseline data collection. Collection and analysis of perception study carried out for the proposed project.

Page 2 of 2

5. EB Dr. Chiranjibi Pattanaik

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Site visit, collection and analysis of baseline data on flora and fauna, impact assessment of the study area, preparation of greenbelt development plan and environmental management plan for biological environment.

6. HG Parveen Kumar Goel

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Assessment of ground water sampling results with available secondary data to interpret current conditions.

7. AQ Raja

Subbaratna Prasad

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Verification of meteorological data, air quality assessment, air quality modelling with prediction and impact assessment, Preparation of environmental management plan for the proposed fertilizer plant.

8. NV S.V.R. Subramanyam

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Verification of noise and traffic baseline data, impact assessment, Preparation of environmental management plan for noise environment.

9. LU Raja Subbaratna Prasad

December, 2017 – May, 2018 Procurement of Land use land cover map and compared at ground level. The present land cover in which plant is about to come is analyzed.

10. RH P.Jayakumar December, 2017 – May, 2018 The Rapid Risk Assessment Report is prepared for the proposed revival of Ramagundam Fertilizer Unit at Ramagundam considering all safety measures.

Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person: I, J.K.Joshi, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA Study Report for PDH unit integrated with PP Unit at Usar for M/s. GAIL (India) Limited. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in the statement.

Signature: Name: Mr. J.K.Joshi Designation: Head – Environment, Water & Safety Division Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Engineers India Limited

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. B078-1742-EI-1901

Rev. No. 1 Page i of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH

UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT

AT USAR FOR GAIL

TOR COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

S. No. Statement Compliance

1. Executive summary of the project Included in EIA report as Chapter-11.

2. Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation.

ii. Information about the project proponent. iii. Importance and benefits of the project.

Engineers India Limited (EIL) is EIA consultant for the proposed project. EIL is Government of India undertaking company is a leading global engineering consultancy and EPC company. EIL is an QCI-NABET accredited consultant for carrying out EIA studies for 14 EIA Sectors, vide NABET notification dated 29.09.14 and certification No.- 43/2014 including Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) [Sl. no. 5 (C),Category A as per 2006 EIA Notification]. The validity of EIL Accreditation was upto 15.09.2019 and Re-accreditation process is under progress by NABET. NABET has been issued a validity extension letter upto 18th May, 2020 vide letter no. QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/20/1241; Dated: 19.02.2020. M/s. GAIL (India) Limited is the project proponent for the proposed project. M/s. GAIL (India) Limited is Government of India undertaking company and is the largest state-owned natural gas processing and distribution company in India.

• Profitability and value addition are higher in producing polymer products

• Import of polymer from other countries will be reduced.

• The proposed project will generate some direct and indirect employment opportunities during construction and operation phases.

• Betterment of health, education, livelihood and infrastructure of surrounding areas.

3. Project Description

Cost of project and time of completion. The total estimated cost of PDH & PP Complex is around Rs. 6707.67 Crores. It is envisaged that the construction of proposed facilities will be completed in 48 months from EC.

Products with capacities for the proposed project.

The proposed complex shall consist of a Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit (PDH) and Polypropylene (PP) unit. Products are: Polypropylene: 500 KTA C4 LPG: 25 KTA

If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether

It is not an expansion project.



Rev. No. 1 Page ii of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Propane is raw material for the proposed project. Propane receipt will be through existing JNPT port. Propane shall be pumped from JNPT to Uran by pipeline. The Propane shall be stored at Uran terminal from where propane feed shall be pumped to GAIL-Usar plant through pipeline.

Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Details of chemicals and other materials shall be as per selected licensor’s technology.

Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Liquid Effluent Generation & Management: There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from process units alongwith other non-process effluents like cooling tower blowdown, boiler blowdown, sewage effluents etc. Sanitary effluent shall be treated in a packaged STP. Treated STP effluent shall be utilized for green belt development. Process effluents will be treated in ETP. ETP treated effluent alongwith other non-process effluents are then routed to RO based Zero Liquid Discharge Plant. There will be no liquid effluent disposal from proposed PDH & PP Plant. Gaseous Emission details: SO2 and NOX emission from the proposed project will be 6 kg/hr and 100 kg/kr. Fuel for the heater and boiler shall be primarily fuel gas. Solid waste generation and their management:

Description Amount /

Frequency Disposal

Spent

Catalyst /

Adsorbents

2150 MT

once per 4

Years

Catalyst

processor for

metals

reclamation or

landfill in

accordance

with local

regulation

Inert grain /

Alumina Balls

60 MT

once per 4

years

Landfill in

accordance

with local

regulation

Support balls

from

Dryer/Treater

80 MT

once per 4

Landfill in

accordance

with local



Rev. No. 1 Page iii of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


Bed

(Ceramic)

years regulation

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract).

125 MW Power is required which will be met from state grid. For proposed project, normal treated water requirement is 480 m3/hr. This water will be sourced from Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC). M/s. GAIL has received consent letter from MIDC for supply of 15.6 MLD (650 m3/hr). Water balance diagram is given in Figure-2.8 of Chapter-2. During the construction phase, average

temporary manpower requirement is 2500 people

for the first two years and subsequently for next

two years 1500 people shall be required.

Employment for 230 employees directly and

another 100 for additional contract employees for

regular maintenance is envisaged during the

operation phase.

Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

The proposed complex shall consist of a Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit (PDH) which utilizes propane as feedstock for conversion into propylene through De-Hydrogenation route. The generated propylene from the PDH unit will be used in a downstream Polypropylene unit to convert to Poly propylene unit. Products are: Polypropylene: 500 KTA

C4 LPG: 25 KTA Process flow diagram, process description and other details are given in Section 2.4 of Chapter - 2.

Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Rapid Risk Assessment studies have been carried out for the proposed project. The detailed consequence analysis of release of hydrocarbon in case of major credible scenarios is modelled in terms of release rate, dispersion and flammability which have been discussed in detail in the report. The Observations and recommendations arising out of the Rapid Risk analysis study for units under upcoming project will be incorporated. A hazard and operability study (HAZOP) will be carried out during detailed engineering stage.

Expansion/modernization proposals: Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

Not Applicable.



Rev. No. 1 Page iv of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing I existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance.

Not applicable

4. Site Details

Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State.

The proposed PDH & PP unit will be set up within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at Usar which is situated at Plot No: A-1, USAR Industrial Area, USAR village, Alibag Tehsil, Raigad district, Maharashtra.

Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

The proposed project will be set up within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at Usar.

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (Including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places).

Toposheet indicating location of project is provided in Figure 1.2 of Chapter-1.

Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site.

The proposed project will be set up within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at Usar.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

latitude longitude

18°36’16’’ N 72°57’41.6’’ E

18°36’33.2’’ N 72°58’36.5’’ E

18°36’08’’ N 72°58’44.2’’ E

18°35’42.4’’ N 72°58’22.2’’ E



Rev. No. 1 Page v of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well

as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Overall plot plan of proposed project is shown in Figure 2.7 of Chapter-2.

Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Proposed green belt area has been marked on overall plot plan. Photographs of existing plantation/greenbelt are given in Fig. 10.1 of Chapter-10.

Land-use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area).

The land of the project is industrial land and is already in possession of GAIL.

A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

There is no major industry in the 10 km study area. Landuse Pattern Statistics for 10 km study area:

Category Area(in hectare) Built-up Area 1070.43 Agriculture

Land

20738.28 Forest 27751.54 Wastelands 7832.63 Wetlands 1385.67 Water bodies 1816.67

Total 60595.47

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Thematic map of geological features is given in Annexure-III.

Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided (mega green field projects).

Thematic map of drainage in study zone is given in Annexure-III.



Rev. No. 1 Page vi of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

The land has already been leased by GAIL from MIDC.

R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Not applicable

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

Not applicable

6. Environmental Status

Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site has been determined based on IMD data. Meteorological data was collected for 12 weeks (15th December, 2017- 15th March, 2018). Other details are given in section 3.1.1 of Chapter-3.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Ambient air quality data was collected for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters were monitored at Eight locations for 12 weeks (15th December, 2017- 15th March, 2018).

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Particular

98th Percentile

value (Range

of 8 locations)

NAAQ

Standard

PM10 56.2-67.8 100

PM2.5 25.1-32.5 60

SO2 12.2-14.7 80

NOX 13.8-16.5 80

HC 0.39-0.72 -

NMHC 0.01-0.23 -

(All values are expressed in µg/m3 except HC &

NMHC are expressed in ppm)

Detailed Ambient air quality Data is given in table 3.2 of Chapter-3.

Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guidelines.

Surface water quality Data of 8 locations was collected and is given in Table 3.10 of Chapter-3. All the specified results of surface water samples were found within the limits (IS: 2296 – 1982 (Class C)) except sea water samples.

Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes give details.

Not applicable

Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Ground water quality Data of 8 locations was



Rev. No. 1 Page vii of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


locations shall be included. collected and is given in Table 3.9 of Chapter-3. All the specified results of ground water samples were found within the limits (IS:10500 – 2012).

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Noise levels were monitored at 8 different locations within the study area. The day time equivalent noise level ranges from 50.2 dB(A) to 52.1 dB(A) and the night time equivalent noise levels ranges from 40.4 dB(A) to 42.7 dB(A). However, these levels are found to be well within the permissible industrial limits (55 dB (A) and 45 dB (A)).

Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Soil in study area is based on particle sizes of the

samples collected from the site; they are mostly

falling in loam, sandy loam and Clay loam

category. Sand percent was varying from 31 to

46.5%, Silt percent was in the range of 28.5 to

33.5% and Clay was varying in range of 24 to

38.5%.

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Out of total traffic vehicles, 2 wheelers and cycles are high followed by light and medium vehicles. The movement of two and four wheelers are largely found in daytime. The density of heavy vehicles was comparatively low at all locations. The incremental traffic during the operational phase works out to be about 100 cars, 200 two wheelers, 85 trucks, light commercial vehicles, buses etc. per day. Adequate parking facilities will be provided within the complex.

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

There is no endangered species or scheduled-I species and hence, Wildlife Conservation Plan is not applicable for proposed project. Detailed description of flora and fauna is given in section 3.7 of Chapter-3.

Socio-economic status of the study area. The socio-economic aspects of the study area are assessed using Primary and Secondary data. Secondary data was also collected from published sources like, census data of 2011. A person aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding any language has been taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. The number and the percentage of literates within the study area is 76.66% and 48472 for the total study area among the total population of 63226.Total nos. of workers is 29276. Population breakup within 10 km radius of the plant as per 2011 census is 31868 male and 31358 female which makes up a



Rev. No. 1 Page viii of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


Total population about 63226 respectively, with 02.28 % of SC and 15.03 % of ST Population. Detailed socio-economic status of the study area as per Census 2011 is given in section 3.6 of Chapter-3.

7. Impact and Environment Management Plan

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features.

Modelling has been carried out using AERMOD to assess GLC for the proposed stacks and details of modelling are given in section 4.3.2 of Chapter-4. The resultant SO2 with ambient air quality

concentration is estimated as 14.83 g/m3

which is well within the standard limits for 24

hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80 g/m3.

The resultant NOx ambient air quality

concentration is estimated as 18.05 g/m3

which is well within the standard limits for 24

hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80 g/m3.

In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ.

Not applicable

Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed.

Modelling has been carried out using AERMOD to assess GLC for the proposed stacks coming in proposed project.

Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided.

The model used in the present study is Industrial Source Complex Version 3, which is AERMOD Dispersion Modelling Program designed to estimate pollutant concentrations for simple, intermediate, or complex terrain. Emission details of all 3 stacks i.e. Reactor Charge Heater, Air Heater, Utility Boiler are given in section 4.3.2.1 of Chapter-4.

The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Isopleths for GLC- 24 hourly SO2 & NOX for proposed project are given in Fig. 4.1 & 4.2 of Chapter-4 respectively.

Water Quality modelling – in case of discharge in water body.

Not applicable

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided.

Propane is raw material for the proposed project which shall be received at plant battery limit through pipeline. The final product shall be transported by trucks.

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included.

Liquid Effluent Generation & Management: There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from process units alongwith other non-process effluents like cooling tower blowdown, boiler blowdown, sewage effluents etc. Sanitary effluent shall be treated in a



Rev. No. 1 Page ix of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


packaged STP. Treated STP effluent shall be utilized for green belt development. Process effluents will be treated in ETP. ETP treated effluent alongwith other non-process effluents are then routed to RO based Zero Liquid Discharge Plant. There will be no liquid effluent disposal from proposed PDH & PP Plant.

Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Spent Caustic Effluents shall be treated for high COD & sulphidic compounds in a packaged Spent caustic treatment unit. After that, treated spent caustic shall be routed to main treatment chain of ETP. Process Effluent shall be first collected in a tank for equalization. After that pH of the process effluent shall be corrected before sending to DAF unit. After removal of suspended solids (including PP solids) in DAF unit, the effluent will be routed to Biological section for BOD/COD removal. After biological section, residual COD of effluent shall be treated in PSF (Pressure Sand Filter) and ACF (Activated Carbon Filter). Contaminated rain water after treatment of TSS/turbidity can be used for non-process usage inside the plant. Sanitary effluent shall be treated in a packaged STP (Sewage Treatment Plant). Treated STP effluent shall be utilized for green belt development. Treated effluent from ETP and other non-process effluents are then routed to RO based recycle plant.

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

The proposed project will have RO based Zero Liquid Discharge Plant. There will be no liquid effluent disposal from proposed PDH & PP Plant. The treated effluent from ETP shall meet the Petrochemical plant effluent disposal standard.

Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

SO2 and NOX emission from the proposed project will be 6 kg/hr and 100 kg/kr. Emission details of all 3 stacks i.e. Reactor Charge Heater, Air Heater, Utility Boiler are given in section 4.3.2.1 of Chapter-4. The following are envisaged in the Project to minimize gaseous emission:

• Gaseous fuel will be used in heater & boiler to minimize air emission.

• Low NOX burners in heater & boiler are envisaged.

• All the emission standards will be met for gaseous emissions.

• Continuous stack monitoring for ambient air pollution.

• Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR)



Rev. No. 1 Page x of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


programme for fugitive hydrocarbon emission control will be followed.

• Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment.

• Developing green belt in the proposed plant premises.

Measures for fugitive emission control. Proper VOC emission control system shall be provided for storage and stacks. Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programme for fugitive hydrocarbon emission control will be conducted regularly.

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Solid waste generation and their management:


Frequency Disposal

Spent

Catalyst /

Adsorbents

2150 MT

once per 4

Years

Catalyst

processor for

metals

reclamation or

landfill in

accordance

with local

regulation

Inert grain /

Alumina Balls

60 MT

once per 4

years

Landfill in

accordance

with local

regulation

Support balls

from

Dryer/Treater

Bed

(Ceramic)

80 MT

once per 4

years

Landfill in

accordance

with local

regulation

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Not applicable.

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

An area of 33% of the total plot area will be

earmarked for green cover/belt development.

GAIL has earmarked 43 ha out of 130 ha for

green cover/belt development. EIL has made a

detailed greenbelt plan and suggested plant

species for plantation purpose. A budget of Rs.

2.5 crores is allocated for plantation activities.

GAIL will plant and look after the planted

species taking suggestions of appropriate

consultant for greenbelt development. No. of

tress to be planted are approximately 64500.

Details are given in section 10.4.1, 10.4.2.&



Rev. No. 1 Page xi of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


10.4.3 of Chapter-10.

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Considering the climatic conditions and the

scarce surface as well as groundwater

availability in the region, state of the art rain

water harvesting system is envisaged in the

proposed project. The run-off from the most of

the paved surfaces could be routed through a

suitably designed storm water drainage system

and collected in storm water collection sump. To

facilitate water harvesting, collection and storage

of rainwater, the rain water storage system

needs to be located at an appropriate location on

the site keeping in view the slope contours and

collection point. The existing practice of

rainwater storage by local villagers in the region

may be studied for its implementation. Guidance

from Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) could

be taken for finalization of appropriate rain water

harvesting technology. However, it must be

ensured that these wells will be utilized only

during monsoon and no wastewater should find

way to these wells during operation phase of the

proposed project.

Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

The total estimated budget for implementation of

EMP is Rs. 1025 Lakhs towards capital cost and

Rs. 138 Lakhs towards recurring cost per

annum.

Break up of capital and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures is given in section 10.9 of Chapter-10.

Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

• Air quality for all parameters will be monitored once in each month.

• Noise levels will be monitored once in 3 months.

• Soil samples from two locations shall be analysed on need basis.

Environmental monitoring given in sections 6.3 & 6.4 of Chapter-6.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Generic structure of Emergency Plan is given in section No. 7.2 of Chapter-7. The final Emergency plan will be prepared during detailed engineering stage in line with MSIHC Rules.

8. Occupational health

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract

Occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers will be ensured during



Rev. No. 1 Page xii of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


and casual workers. construction and operational phases.

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Not applicable.

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

Not applicable.

Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Not applicable.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

Does the company have a well laid down environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Yes, HSE policy of the company is given in Figure 10.1 in Chapter-10.

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes. The policy is for HSE functioning in site and office premises.

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

HSE organogram structure is given in figure 6.1 in Chapter-6. Officer with Manager level designation deal with the environmental issues.

Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

Details of existing environmental management reporting procedures are given in Chapter-6.

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

Facilities like sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. will be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.



Rev. No. 1 Page xiii of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon

Various CER activities will be carried out by GAIL in the vicinity of proposed project area with budget during next 5 years. The budget for CER activities is provisioned as Rs. 20.77 Crores (approx. 0.31 % of total project cost in line with MoEFCC notification vide F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III; dated: 01.05.2018). Action plan against the issues raised during Public Hearing is given in Table 7.1 of Chapter-7.

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

No

Specific Terms Of Reference

1. Details on requirement of raw material (naphtha/gas feedstock),its source of supply and storage at the plant.

Propane is raw material for the proposed project. Propane receipt will be through existing JNPT port. Propane shall be pumped from JNPT to Uran by pipeline. The Propane shall be stored at Uran terminal from where propane feed shall be pumped to GAIL-Usar plant through pipeline. 5 Days storage capacity with each bullet of 4270 m3 capacity of propane storage.

2. Complete process flow diagram for all products with material balance.

Process flow diagram, process description and other details are given in Section 2.4 of Chapter - 2.

3. Brief description of equipments for various process (cracker, separation, polymerization etc)

PDH Unit The feedstock to a PDH process unit is propane. The process is separated into two different areas: the reaction and catalyst regeneration area; and the product recovery area. Fresh feed is mixed with recycle feed from a propylene propane splitter (P-P Splitter) bottoms and vaporized by exchange with process streams. To achieve reaction temperature, feed is then heated in the charge heater. PP Unit Polypropylene unit basically manufactures three types of grades i.e. homopolymer, random copolymer and impact copolymer. Basically, polymerization reactors employed for manufacturing of polypropylene can be classified as CSTR, PFR and Fluidized bed reactors. Polymerization reactions are exothermic gas phase or slurry phase reactions. Propylene feed



Rev. No. 1 Page xiv of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


along with catalyst, co-catalyst, modifier & hydrogen are fed into reactors at operating pressure of approx 25-30 kg/cm2g and operating temperature of approx 60-70 deg C.

4. Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meet the national standards.

Liquid Effluent Generation & Management: There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from process units alongwith other non-process effluents like cooling tower blowdown, boiler blowdown, sewage effluents etc. Sanitary effluent shall be treated in a packaged STP. Treated STP effluent shall be utilized for green belt development. Process effluents will be treated in ETP. ETP treated effluent alongwith other non-process effluents are then routed to RO based Zero Liquid Discharge Plant. There will be no liquid effluent disposal from proposed PDH & PP Plant. Gaseous Emission details: SO2 and NOX emission from the proposed project will be 6 kg/hr and 100 kg/kr. Fuel for the heater and boiler shall be primarily fuel gas. Solid waste generation and their management:


Frequency Disposal

Spent

Catalyst /

Adsorbents

2150 MT

once per 4

Years

Catalyst

processor for

metals

reclamation or

landfill in

accordance with

local regulation

Inert grain /

Alumina

Balls

60 MT

once per 4

years

Landfill in

accordance with

local regulation

Support

balls from

Dryer/Treat

er Bed

(Ceramic)

80 MT

once per 4

years

Landfill in

accordance with

local regulation

All hazardous solid wastes shall be handled as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management & Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and it’s amendments.



Rev. No. 1 Page xv of xv

EIA STUDY FOR PDH


AT USAR FOR GAIL


5. Details on VOC emission control system from vents, stacks, fugitive emissions and flare management, etc.

Proper VOC emission control system shall be provided for storage and stacks. Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programme for fugitive hydrocarbon emission control will be conducted regularly.

6. Details on proposed LDAR protocol. Proper VOC emission control system shall be provided for storage and stacks. Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programme for fugitive hydrocarbon emission control will be conducted regularly.

7. Ambient air quality should include hydrocarbon (methane and non methane), VOC and VCM (if applicable).

Ambient air quality monitoring shall include should include hydrocarbon (methane and non methane), VOC parameters.

8. Action plan to meet the standard prescribed under EPA for petrochemical complex.

The proposed project will meet all the standard prescribed for petrochemical complex.

9. Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

▪ Identification of hazards ▪ Consequence Analysis ▪ Measures for mitigation of risk.

RRA study has carried out for the proposed project. RRA study evaluated the consequences of potential failure scenarios, assess extent of damages, based on damage criteria’s and suggest suitable measures for mitigating the Hazard. RRA involved identification of various potential hazards & credible or reasonably believable failure scenarios for various units based on their frequency of occurrence & resulting consequence. Basically two types of scenarios are identified spanning across various process facilities; Cases with high chance of occurrence but having low consequence, e.g. Instrument Tapping Failure and cases with low chance of occurrence but having high consequence, e.g., Large Hole on the bottom outlet of Pressure Vessels. Effect zones for various outcomes of failure scenarios (Flash Fire, Jet Fire, Pool Fire, Blast overpressure, toxic release, etc.) are studied and identified in terms of distances on plot plan. Based on effect zones, measures for mitigation of the hazard/risk are suggested. Detailed Risk Analysis report is attached as Annexure-V of EIA report.


1


Rev. No. 2 Page 1 of 6

EIA STUDY FOR PDH UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT

USAR FOR GAIL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SL.No. DESCRIPTION PAGE No.

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.0 INTRODUCTION 2

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT 2

1.2 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT 2

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED PROJECT 3

1.4 IMPORTANCE AND BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 6

1.5 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE & COST 6

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7

1.7 ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT 7

1.8 MOEFCC APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA 9

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 INTRODUCTION 11

2.1 EXISTING FACILITIES, OFF-SITE & UTILITIES 11

2.2 KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE PROJECT 11

2.3 PROJECT CONFIGURATION 13

2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED UNITS 14

2.5 MATERIAL BALANCE 17

2.6 PROPOSED UTILITIES & OFF-SITES 17

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION 24

3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT 24

3.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 34

3.3 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS 39

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 46

3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT 57

3.6 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 64

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 68

CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.0 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 82

4.1 METHODOLOGY 82

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 85

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 86

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 92

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 95

4.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT 96

4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 98

4.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 99

4.9 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS 102

CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (Technology & Site)

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE 105

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY 105

CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.0 INTRODUCTION 107

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE 107

6.2 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING 108

6.3 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 109

6.4 OPERATION PHASE 109

6.5 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MoEFCC 112

CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 114

7.1 RAPID RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY 114





USAR FOR GAIL

7.2 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 116

7.3 PUBLIC HEARING 125

CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 CONTRIBUTION TO NATIONAL ENERGY SECURITY 133

8.2 PRODUCTION OF POLYPROPYLENE 133 8.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 133 CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 135

CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT 137

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

139

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION PHASE 141

10.4 MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 143

10.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN CONSTRUCTION PHASE 148

10.6 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN OPERATION PHASE 150

10.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 150

10.8 DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY OF THE AREA 151

10.9 ESTIMATED COST FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

154

10.10 QUALITY, SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 156

CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 159

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 159

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 165

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

165

11.5 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 169

11.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 170

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS 173

11.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) 173

CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 GENERAL INFORMATION 175

12.2 ESTABLISHMENT 175

12.3 EIL’S VISION 176

12.4 EIL’S MISSION 176

12.5 CORE VALUES OF EIL 176

12.6 QUALITY POLICY OF EIL 176

12.7 HSE POLICY OF EIL 176

12.8 RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY OF EIL 177

12.9 SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION 177





USAR FOR GAIL

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Description Page No.

Table 1.1 DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING 4

Table 1.2 PREVIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES ISSUED TO GAIL-USAR COMPLEX FROM MOEFCC

9

Table 2.1 PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION SHARE 12

Table 2.2 POLYPROPYLENE SPECIFICATIONS 13

Table 2.3 MATERIAL BALANCE 17

Table 2.4 UTILITIES OF PROPOSED PROJECT 18

Table 2.5 MATERIAL BALANCE 18

Table 2.6 SOLID WASTE SUMMARY 18

Table 3.1 MONTHLY MEAN IMD DATA OF MUMBAI (YEARS: 1981-2010) 26

Table 3.2 AAQ DATA 30

Table 3.3 AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY DATA AT USAR 38

Table 3.4 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR LOCATION: BAMANGAON TO VAVE VILLAGE

42

Table 3.5 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR LOCATION: KHANAV TO USAR VILLAGE

43

Table 3.6 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR LOCATION: VAVE TO ROHA VILLAGE

44

Table 3.7 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR LOCATION: BELOSHI TO VAVE VILLAGE

45

Table 3.8 LIST OF PARAMETERS AND THEIR METHOD OF ANALYSIS 48

Table 3.9 GROUND WATER QUALITY DATA AT USAR 51

Table 3.10 SURFACE WATER QUALITY DATA AT USAR 52

Table 3.11 LIST OF PARAMETERS AND METHOD OF ANALYSIS 57

Table 3.12 SOIL QUALITY RESULTS AT USAR 59

Table 3.13 SUMMARY OF LANDUSE PATTERN STATISTICS FOR USAR 63

Table 3.14 POPULATION COMPOSITION 64

Table 3.15 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 65

Table 3.16 LITERACY LEVELS 64

Table 3.17 AREAS OF ECOLOGICAL IMPORTANCE IDENTIFIED DURING THE RECONNAISSANCE

68

Table 3.18 TERRESTRIAL AND AQUATIC HABITATS IDENTIFIED WITHIN THE DIFFERENT ZONES OF THE STUDY AREA.

70

Table 3.19 FOREST TYPES REPRESENTED IN THE STUDY AREA 71

Table 3.20 AREAS OF ECOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE IN THE STUDY AREA 73

Table 3.21 LIST OF MAMMALS REPORTED TO OCCUR IN THE STUDY AREA

73

Table 3.22 BIRD SPECIES RECORDED IN THE RESERVED AND PROTECTED FORESTS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA.

73

Table 3.23 RECORDS OF BIRD SPECIES FROM COASTAL AND FRESH WATER ZONES OF THE STUDY

74

Table 4.1 MATRIX FOR EVALUATING SPATIAL CRITERIA 83

Table 4.2 MATRIX FOR EVALUATING TEMPORAL CRITERIA 84

Table 4.3 MATRIX FOR EVALUATING SIGNIFICANCE 84

Table 4.4 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 85

Table 4.5 IMPACT OF AIR EMISSIONS (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 86

Table 4.6 EMISSION SUMMARY 88

Table 4.7 PREDICTED VALUES OF GLC FOR SO2 88

Table 4.8 PREDICTED VALUES OF GLC FOR NOX 90

Table 4.9 IMPACT OF AIR EMISSIONS (OPERATION PHASE) 92





USAR FOR GAIL

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Description Page No.

Table 4.10 IMPACT OF WATER CONSUMPTION (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 93

Table 4.11 IMPACT OF EFFLUENT GENERATION (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

93

Table 4.12 IMPACT OF WATER CONSUMPTION (OPERATION PHASE) 94

Table 4.13 IMPACT OF EFFLUENT GENERATION (OPERATION PHASE) 94

Table 4.14 SOUND PRESSURE (NOISE) LEVELS OF CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY

95

Table 4.15 IMPACT ON AMBIENT NOISE (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 95

Table 4.16 IMPACT ON AMBIENT NOISE (OPERATION PHASE) 96

Table 4.17 IMPACT ON LAND USE & TOPOGRAPHY (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

97

Table 4.18 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 97

Table 4.19 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY (OPERATION PHASE) 98

Table 4.20 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

98

Table 4.21 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT (OPERATION PHASE)

99

Table 4.22 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

100

Table 4.23 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT (OPERATION PHASE)

102

Table 4.24 SUMMARY OF IMPACT EVALUATION IN TERMS OF SIGNIFICANCE VALUE

103

Table 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME– CONSTRUCTION PHASE (4 YEARS)

109

Table 6.2 NOISE LEVEL TO BE MONITORED 110

Table 6.3 AMBIENT AIR TO BE MONITORED 110

Table 10.1 INDIAN ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION/RULES 137

Table 10.2 SUGGESTED SPECIES FOR PLANTATION IN GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

144

Table 10.3 ELEMENTS OF HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DURING EPC PHASE

148

Table 10.4 DETAILS OF CSR BUDGET SPENT FOR THE LAST FIVE YEARS AT GAIL, USAR

152

Table 10.5 DETAILS OF CER BUDGET TO BE SPENT BY GAIL 153

Table 10.6 BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (CAPITAL COST)

154

Table 10.7 BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (RECURRING COST PER ANNUM)

154

Table 11.1 SUMMARY OF BASELINE DATA OF AAQS 160

Table 11.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 164

Table 11.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT SUMMARY 164

Table 11.4 SIZE OF PROJECT BUDGET FOR EMP 168





USAR FOR GAIL

LIST OF FIGURES Figure No. Description Page No.

Figure 1.1 LOCATION OF PROPOSED PLANT 5

Figure 1.2 TOPOSHEET INDICATING LOCATION OF PROPOSED PLANT

6

Figure 2.1 BASIC SCHEMATIC OF THE CONFIGURATION PROPOSED PLANT

14

Figure 2.2 BASIC SCHEMATIC OF THE PROPOSED PDH UNIT 15

Figure 2.3 BASIC SCHEMATIC OF THE PROPOSED PP UNIT 17

Figure 2.4 THE PLOT PLAN OF PROPOSED PLANT AT USAR 21

Figure 2.5 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM FOR THE PROPOSED PDH-PP UNIT PROJECT

22

Figure 3.1 COMPARISON OF WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 26

Figure 3.2 SELECTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATIONS FOR GAIL PLANT AT USAR

30

Figure 3.3 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF PARTICULATES (PM10 & PM2.5)

32

Figure 3.4 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF GASEOUS POLLUTANTS (SO2 & NOX)

32

Figure 3.5 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF HC POLLUTANT 33

Figure 3.6 LOCATION OF AMBIENT NOISE SAMPLING STATIONS AT USAR

37

Figure 3.7 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVELS FOR THE PROPOSED SITES

39

Figure 3.8 LOCATION OF TRAFFIC ANALYSIS SAMPLING STATIONS AT USAR

41

Figure 3.9 LOCATION OF TRAFFIC ANALYSIS SAMPLING STATIONS AT USAR

50

Figure 3.10 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS AROUND PETROLEUM PLANT AT USAR

58

Figure 3.11 SOIL TEXTURE DIAGRAM OF THE STUDY AREA 61

Figure 3.12 LANDUSE MAP OF USAR 64

Figure 4.1 ISOPLETHS FOR GLC- 24 HOURLY SO2 FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

89

Figure 4.2 ISOPLETHS FOR GLC- 24 HOURLY NOX FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

91

Figure 6.1 HSE ORGANOGRAM 108

Figure 6.2 FIRE & SAFETY ORGANOGRAM OF EXISTING PLANT AT USAR

108

Figure 7.1 ON-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION CHART FOR VARIOUS EMERGENCIES

122

Figure 7.2 TYPICAL INCIDENT REPORTING SYSTEM OF GAIL 123

Figure 7.3 DISTRICT LEVEL EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN 125

Figure 7.4 PHOTOS FROM THE PUBLIC HEARING HELD FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT

128

Figure 10.1 PHOTOS OF EXISTING GREEN BELT/PLANTATION 144

Figure 10.2 HSE POLICY OF GAIL 157

Figure 12.1 EIL ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE BY NABET 178

Figure 12.2 VALIDITY EXTENSION LETTER FOR EIL ACCREDITATION BY NABET

179





USAR FOR GAIL

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure No. Annexure Title

I. APPROVED TOR

II. PREVIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES, CONSENT TO OPERATE AND COMPLIANCES TO EC

III. ALL GIS THEMATIC MAPS

IV. WATER ALLOCATION LETTER FROM MIDC

V. RAPID RISK ANALYSIS REPORT

VI. PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS


1



EIA STUDY FOR PDH UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT

AT USAR FOR GAIL

CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION



Rev. No. 2

Page 2 of 179

EIA STUDY FOR PDH UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP

UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT

M/s. GAIL (India) Limited is India’s principal Gas Transmission and Marketing Company under the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government of India. GAIL (India) Limited is also in the business of Gas Processing, Petrochemicals, LPG, Transmission and Telecommunications. The company has also extended its presence in Power, Liquefied Natural Gas regasification, City Gas Distribution and Exploration & Production through equity and joint ventures participations. GAIL (India) Limited has Six LPG recovery plants across various states in India. LPG recovery Plant at USAR was commissioned in 1998 with design capacity to process 5.0 MMSCMD of rich gas. Presently, LPG USAR plant is under shutdown due to non-availability of rich gas. GAIL is planning to utilize the land and other facilities existing at USAR and set up GAIL Petrochemical Complex Project’ USAR “wherein a 500 KTPA Propane Dehydrogenation unit integrated with Polypropylene unit is proposed to be set up. The proposed facilities will be set-up along with the existing facilities at USAR. The proposed project shall benefit from the land in possession of GAIL as well as coastal location of the existing facility for both Propane Import and product evacuation, nearby port facility, proximity to highways and ease of getting environmental clearance. As per the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi, any new project or modernization or expansion project need to have an Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC. In accordance with this, GAIL decided to conduct Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study. Based on the TOR, three months non-monsoon baseline data of 15th December, 2017- 15th March, 2018 was collected and analyzed. M/s GAIL has entrusted M/s Engineers India Limited (EIL) to carry out environment impact assessment study and preparation of environmental management plan for various environmental components of the proposed project. EIL is an accredited consultant for carrying out EIA studies by Quality Council of India (QCI-NABET) for Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) [Sl. no. 5 (C),Category A as per 2006 EIA Notification].

1.2 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s. GAIL (India) Limited is the project proponent for the proposed “Setting up 500 KTA Propane Dehydrogenation (PDH) unit integrated with Polypropylene (PP) Unit” which is located within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at USAR, Maharashtra.

1.2.1 PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1.1 Address of the Project Proponent

The address for the correspondence is: Mr. Missula V S Murthy

Deputy General Manager -Project Development, GAIL India Limited, GAIL Jubilee Tower, Plot No.: B-35-36,



Rev. No. 2

Page 3 of 179



Sector-1, Noida-201301, Uttar Pradesh Phone : 0120- 2446400 Mobile : 9644417778 Email : [email protected]

1.2.1.2 Particulars of EIA Consultant

The EIA consultant is Engineers India Limited (EIL), New Delhi. The complete address for correspondence is given below. Mr. J.K.Joshi Chief General Manager Ground Floor, Tower-I EIL Office Complex Sector-16, On NH-48 Gurgaon-122001, Haryana Tel: 124-3802035, Mob: 9818669575 Email: [email protected] Website : www.engineersindia.com

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED PROJECT

1.3.1 Nature and size of the project

GAIL intends to set up the proposed PDH – PP facility at USAR to establish feasibility along with following broad objectives: Meet the projected increase in domestic demand of petrochemicals. Maximize value addition and return on investment through:

Production of Petrochemicals

Utilize existing Land and infrastructure available

Proximity to port terminals for feedstock sourcing Maximise use of Indigenous Hardware Overall area of the proposed project is approximately 160 acres. The total estimated cost of PDH & PP Complex is around Rs. 6707.67 Crores. At present GAIL is in possession of 321 Acres of land at USAR, Maharshtra. The land requirement for the proposed project is estimated as below: Overall land requirement- Total Complex Area : 321 Acres /130 Hectares Plant Area : 215 Acres / 87 Hectares Green Belt Provided (33%) : 106 Acres / 43 Hectares As per the above no additional land area is to be purchased by GAIL, the proposed complex can be accommodated within the existing plot area.

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.engineersindia.com/



Rev. No. 2

Page 4 of 179



1.3.2 Location of the project

The proposed PDH & PP unit will be set up within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at USAR which is situated at Plot No: A-1, USAR Industrial Area, USAR village,

Alibag Tehsil, Raigad district, Maharashtra. The site is located approximately latitude 18°36’08’’ N, and longitude of 72°58’25’’ E. The site is well connected by road network and rail network. The distance of the project site from major network is as given below:

Roha Railway Station – 8.9 km,

Mumbai Airport – 137 km,

Roha Town, ~12 km in E direction, Mumbai City, ~137 km in NNE direction,

The details of environmental setting is given in Table 1.1 and the location & study area map of plant surrounding 10 km radius are given in Figures 1.1 respectively.

Table 1.1 Details of Environmental Setting

S.No. Areas Name/

Identity

Aerial distance (within 15 km.) Proposed project

location boundary

1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value

No

Not Applicable

2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests

Yes

Arabian sea, Palepada tidal back water, Amba river

3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration.

Yes Reserved and Protected forests.

4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters Yes Arabian Sea

5 State, National boundaries No Not Applicable Not Applicable 6 Routes or facilities used by the public for

access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas

No

7 Defense installations No Not Applicable

8 Densely populated or built-up area Yes

Roha town is located at 13 km away from the existing plant.

9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities)

No Not Applicable

10 Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals)

Yes

Amba River, Kundalika River, Umte reservoir, Tinveera checkdam, Alibag

11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded)

No Not Applicable

12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

No

The proposed site falls under Seismic Zone-III.



Rev. No. 2

Page 5 of 179



Figure 1.1: Location of Proposed Plant

10 km radius

Area

Location of Proposed Plant





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Figure 1.2: Toposheet indicating Location of Proposed Plant


7




AT USAR FOR GAIL

1.4 IMPORTANCE AND BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT

The proposed PDH – PP facility at USAR shall have the following importance & broad objectives: Meet the projected increase in domestic demand of petrochemicals. Maximize value addition and return on investment through:

Production of Petrochemicals,

Utilize existing Land and infrastructure available,

Proximity to port terminals for feedstock sourcing, Maximize use of Indigenous Hardware During construction and operational phase of the proposed project, there will be development of local infrastructure like settlements and small shops. This will enhance livelihood of local people. Also, in construction phase indirect employment will be generated for local people. Overall livelihood and infrastructure of surrounding localities are expected to be positively changed.

1.5 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE & COST

The proposed project of is expected to be mechanically completed in 48 months. The total estimated cost of PDH & PP Complex is around Rs. 6707.67 Crores.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The study covers core area of 10 km radius circle with the proposed project site (existing GAIL- LPG recovery plant boundary. The scope of study broadly includes:

To conduct literature review and to collect data relevant to the study area;

To establish the baseline environmental status of the study area by using one season baseline environmental data;

To identify various existing pollution loads due to various activities in the ambient levels;

To predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed project;

To evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies

To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality; and

To identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored.

The literature review includes identification of relevant articles from various publications, collection of data from various government agencies and other sources.

1.7 ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT The proposed project would naturally have implications on the neighborhood with reference to socio-economic aspects of society, environmental attributes such as land, water, air, aesthetics, noise, flora and fauna. In assessing the environmental impact, collection, collation and interpretation of baseline data is of prime importance. Environmental Impact analysis and assessment which is required for every industrial project should preferably be carried out at the planning stage itself.



Rev. No. 2

Page 8 of 179



The matrix method which gives cause-effect relationship between an activity and environmental parameter has been adopted in preparing this report. The basic objective of identification of impacts is to aid the proponents of the project to rationalize the procedure for an effective environment management plan, leading to an improvement in environmental quality as a result of the location of the proposed project. This has been attempted by the following procedures:

Collection, collation and analysis of baseline data for various environmental attributes;

Identification of impacts;

Impact assessment through modeling;

Evaluation of impacts leading to preparation of environmental management plan; and

Outlining post project monitoring methodology.

1.7.1 CONTENTS OF THE REPORT

The report has been divided into twelve chapters as follows: Chapter-1.0: Introduction This chapter provides background information of the existing and the expansion project, brief description and objectives of the project, description of the area, scope, methodology and organization of the study. Chapter-2.0: Project Description This chapter presents the background information on the existing and post expansion activities, process being adopted, sources of pollution and control thereof.

Chapter-3.0: Description of the Environment This chapter presents the methodology and findings of field studies undertaken to establish the baseline conditions. Chapter-4.0: Anticipated Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of “The project” during construction and operational phase. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed project and underscores the areas of concern which need mitigation measures. Chapter-5.0: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) This chapter provides Alternative analysis of site & evaluation of the different choices available to achieve a particular project management objective. It is an analytical comparison of different factors like operational cost, risks, effectiveness as well as the shortfalls in an operational capability. Chapter-6.0: Environment Monitoring Programme

This chapter provides technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules).



Rev. No. 2

Page 9 of 179



Chapter-7.0: Additional Studies This chapter covers Public Hearing, risk involved in the proposed facilities, storages and utilities and Occupational Health and Safety. Chapter-8.0: Project Benefits This chapter presents the details of Local area development programmes that are being undertaken in nearby/surrounding villages at GAIL. Chapter-9.0: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis This chapter presents the details of Environmental Cost Benefit analysis; if recommended at the scoping stage. Chapter-10.0: Environment Management Plan (EMP) This chapter provides recommendations for Environment Management Plan (EMP) including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of the project. Environmental monitoring requirements for effective implementation of mitigate measures during construction as well as during operation of the project along with required institutional arrangements for their implementation. Budgetary cost estimates for mitigation measures are also brought out.

Chapter-11.0: Summary & Conclusion This will constitute the summary of EIA Report. Chapter-12.0: Disclosure of Consultants This chapter contains the list of various experts engaged in preparing the EIA report along with brief introduction of the consultancy.

1.8 MOEFCC APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA

The Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry) for appraisal of Industrial Projects-2 considered the GAIL proposal for approval of TOR for EIA study of the proposed project. Based on the review of the documents submitted by the GAIL, the Committee accorded Terms of Reference (TOR) vide letter No. IA-J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I) dated 26th October, 2017, for incorporating the same in the EIA report. The approved TOR is attached as Annexure-I. EAC (Industry-II) deliberated the proposal of GAIL Usar Petrochemical Complex in its 14th EAC meeting held on 20-22th November, 2019. The EAC had given comments and asked to submit updated EIA report. Previous Environmental Clearances (EC) as per the below is attached herewith as an Annexure-II. Consent to Operate and compliance to all environmental clearances is also attached in Annexure-II.

Table 1.2 Previous Environmental Clearances issued to GAIL-Usar Complex from MoEFCC

Sl. No.

Projects/ Units

Environment Clearance document

Date Compliance

1. LPG Recovery

Project J-11011/22/91-1A-II (I)

29/04/1992, 11/11/1992

Complied



Rev. No. 2

Page 10 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

CHAPTER – 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Rev. No. 2

Page 11 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

2.0 INTRODUCTION GAIL (India) Limited is India’s principal Gas Transmission and Marketing Company under the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government of India. GAIL is also in the business of Gas Processing, Petrochemicals, LPG, Transmission and Telecommunications. The company has also extended its presence in Power, Liquefied Natural Gas re-gasification, City Gas Distribution and Exploration & Production through equity and joint ventures participations. The proposed facilities will be set-up along with the existing facilities at USAR. The proposed project shall benefit from the land in possession of GAIL as well as coastal location of the existing facility for both Propane Import and product evacuation, nearby port facility, proximity to highways and ease of getting environmental clearance.

2.1 EXISTING FACILITIES, OFF-SITE & UTILITIES

GAIL has a LPG recovery plants in Usar. LPG recovery Plant at Usar was commissioned in 1998 with design capacity to process 5.0 MMSCMD of rich gas. Presently, LPG USAR plant is under shutdown due to non-availability of rich gas.

Existing Offsite & Utilities System

Mounded LPG Storage : 4290 (3 MST X 1430 each) MT Naphtha Storage Tank : 50 KL Methanol Storage Tank : 24 KL Diesel Storage Tank : 16 KL Odourant dosing pot : 0.5 M3 Plant Air Receiver : 45 M3 Instrument Air Receiver : 100 M3 Nitrogen Storage Tank : 35 M3

Instrument Air Compressors : 3 X 585 Kg/Hr @ 8.5 Kg/Cm2 Plant Air : 340 NM3/Hr Instrument Air Dryer Units : 2 X 350 NM3/Hr Instrument Air : 340 NM3/Hr Air (Nitrogen) Compressors : 2 X 625 Kg/Hr @ 8.5 Kg/Cm2 PSA N2 System : 200 NM3/Hr Cooling Water System : 600 M3/Hr Boiler : 5 TON/Hr Flare System : 200 Tons/Hr of Hydrocarbon LPG Road Loading Facilities : 6 + 1 (Sick Tanker Gantry) Naphtha Road loading facilities : 1 (Loading bay) + 1 (Sick bay) LPG Pipeline Transfer Facility : 8” Pipeline of 1.5 Km to HPCL Raw Water Reservoirs : 2750 (R1=1100+R2=1100+Common = 550) M3

The following existing facilities will be dismantled for creating space for new facilities.

a. Cooling tower b. Flare c. WWTP d. Propane & LPG loading Gantry e. Cement Godown f. Methanol UG Vessel g. Open Storage Yard h. CISF barracks near entrance



Rev. No. 2

Page 12 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

The following facilities will be augmented to cater to the requirements of upcoming Project.

a. Switch Yard b. Admin Building c. Fire Water System d. Fire Station

2.2 KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE PROJECT

Propane Import

Propane availability: Propane receipt will be through existing JNPT port. The Propane shall be stored at Uran terminal from where propane feed shall be pumped to Usar through pipeline for conversion to Propylene and Polypropylene.

Propane Storage

5 Days storage capacity with each bullet of 4270 m3 capacity of propane storage.

Product Storage Poly Propylene product storage shall be kept on 21 Days basis.

Intermediate Storage Intermediate storage shall be provided on 3 days basis to take care of any unexpected outages in upstream or downstream process units.

Power

The power requirement for the complex shall be sourced through Grid. Utilities

All utilities shall be captively generated. Plant Capacity

500 000’Tons / annum of Polypropylene production. On-Stream Hours

8000 hrs/annum. Product Specifications Petrochemical Products – Polypropylene shall be industrial/polymer grade. The plant shall be capable of producing six grades of homo-polymer polypropylene.

Table 2.1: Product Distribution Share

S.No. End Use % Share

1 TQ Film 10

2 Woven sacks 40

3 Fiber & Filaments 05

4 BOPP Films 10

5 Injection Molding 30

6 Extrusion / Thermoforming 05



Rev. No. 2

Page 13 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

The desired properties for the products are tabulated below. The values are indicative and wide range values for properties are given.

Table 2.2: Polypropylene Specifications

Property Test Method* ASTM Unit Homo Polymer

Melt flow rate (MFR) 230 C / 2.16kg

D-1238L g/10min 0.3-75**

Xylene Insolubles By LICENSOR % wt 95-98.5

Total ash (as oxides) By LICENSOR ppmw max 130 - 150

Chlorine By LICENSOR ppm wt 35 - 50

Water absorption D-570 % <0.01

Tensile Strength D738 MPa 32-38

Elongation at Break

D-638 % 8-12

Flexural Modulus D-790A MPa 1250-1800

Hardness, Rockwell

D-785 R Scale 70-105

Izod Impact

Strength, 23 C D-256 KJ/m2 2.5-4.0

Gloss D-523 % 90-105

Haze D-1003 % Licensor

to indicate

Heat Deflection Temp.

D-648 C 98-130

Vicat. Softening Point

D-1525 C 150-156

SECR*** D-1693 Licensor

To indicate Licensor

to indicate

Thermal Expansion

D-696 105 cm/cm C 14-15

C2 Content By LICENSOR % wt NA

EPR Content By LICENSOR % wt NA

Applications and Market coverage Homo-polymer - Injection molding, Blow molding, thermoforming, sheet Tape / (Raffia), Fiber, Cas. / TQPP & BOPP films, profile extrusion etc.

2.3 PROJECT CONFIGURATION

The proposed complex shall consist of a Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit (PDH) which utilizes propane as feedstock for conversion into propylene through De-Hydrogenation route. The generated propylene from the PDH unit will be used in a downstream Polypropylene unit to convert to Poly propylene unit. A basic schematic of the configuration is as under:



Rev. No. 2

Page 14 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Figure 2.1: Basic schematic of the configuration of proposed plant

2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED UNITS

2.4.1 Process Description of Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit

The feedstock to a PDH process unit is propane. The process is separated into two different areas: the reaction and catalyst regeneration area; and the product recovery area. Fresh feed is mixed with recycle feed from a propylene propane splitter (P-P Splitter) bottoms and vaporized by exchange with process streams. To achieve reaction temperature, feed is then heated in the charge heater.

The reaction step is continuous and uses a cyclic or continuous reactor operation varying with technologies. The reactor effluent is routed through a high pressure steam generator, feed-effluent exchanger, and trim cooler to the compressor. The compressor discharge is cooled, dried and routed to a low temperature separation unit to reject light ends. The low temperature area off-gas, which is hydrogen-rich, is sent to a Pressure Swing Adsorption (PSA) unit or can be routed to fuel gas system. This unit separates high-purity hydrogen by-product from light fuel gas. The liquid stream from low temperature separation, fed to distillation facilities for product recovery. The distillation facilities mainly consist of a deethanizer and propylene-propane splitter. The deethanizer recovers fuel C2 and lighter hydrocarbons as the top product. Propylene and propane are obtained as the bottom product and follow to the P-P splitter, which produces PG propylene and recycles propane bottom product to the reaction area.



Rev. No. 2

Page 15 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Figure 2.2: Basic schematic of the proposed PDH Unit 2.4.2 Process Description of Polypropylene (PP) Unit

Polypropylene unit basically manufactures three types of grades i.e. homopolymer, random copolymer and impact copolymer. It comprises of the following process sections:

a. Feed Purification & Preparation b. Polymerization reaction c. Powder degassing & stripping d. Off gas compression e. Refrigeration or membrane separation f. Additivation g. Extrusion h. Pellet Blending & Bagging

Basic Raw materials required for polypropylene unit are:

Propylene (as Monomer)

Ethylene (as Co-monomer, if available)

Polymerization catalyst

TEAL (as Co-catalyst)

Modifier (as stereo-selectivity agent)

Hydrogen (as chain terminating agent)

Additives (as functional enhancer/ stabilizers)

Mineral oil (as solvent) Feed Purification & Preparation: Fresh propylene from OSBL is fed through propylene dryer and treater beds to the reactor along with the required ratio controlled flow rate of catalyst, co-catalyst, hydrogen and stereo-modifier. For production of co-polymer grades with small ethylene content, purified compressed ethylene (if available) vapour is also fed to the reactor. Polymerization section: Basically, polymerization reactors employed for manufacturing of polypropylene can be classified as CSTR, PFR and Fluidized bed reactors. Polymerization reactions are exothermic gas phase or slurry phase reactions. Propylene feed along with catalyst, co-



Rev. No. 2

Page 16 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

catalyst, modifier & hydrogen are fed into reactors at operating pressure of approx 25-30 kg/cm2g and operating temperature of approx 60-70 deg C. Unspent reaction gas is continuously removed from the top of the reactor, filtered and recycle back. Certain portion of reactor overhead vapor (“Recycle Gas”) is condensed and pumped back to the reactor as coolant. Non-condensable gases (mainly H2 and N2) in the recycle gas are compressed and also returned to the reactor. The polypropylene product powder is blown out of the reactor under reactor operation pressure along with some carrier gas. Thereafter, powder passes into the powder discharge vessel where powder and off gas are separated. The off gas is then routed through a cyclone and filter to remove residual powder, then scrubbed with white oil and sent to compression. Powder degassing & stripping: Powder from the discharge vessel is routed via rotary feeders to the purge vessels which are operating in parallel. Nitrogen & steam are generally used in certain ration to purge & deactivate the powder off residual monomers along with unspent traces of catalyst/Teal. Off gas compression: Off gas recovered from powder discharge vessel is then compressed up to reactor operating pressure and recycled back to reactor. Certain portion of the gas is purged to OSBL to maintain desired partial pressure of reaction components. Refrigeration or membrane separation: The overhead gas from the purge vessels is sent to a common refrigeration or membrane recovery unit for monomer/nitrogen recovery. As refrigerant for this recovery unit fresh Propylene is used. The recovered nitrogen is sent back to the purge vessels for further use. The condensed monomers from the purge gas are combined with the filtered off gas, and then sent to scrubbing and subsequently recycle back. Additivation: The PP powder from the purge vessels is then conveyed and fed to the extruder after mixing with desired batch recipe of additives in a screw feeder. Additives are dose individually according to their required weight fraction to prepare a batch recipe and then metered into screw feeder in ratio of polypropylene powder for further processing in extruder. Extrusion: The powder mix is then fed to extruder where the mix is compounded, melted, homogenized and extruded through a die plate, which is heated by hot oil. The extruding section is electrically/steam heated. Pelletizing of the final product is carried out in an underwater pelletizer where the extruded polymers - after passing the die plate - are cut by a set of rotating knives. The polymer/ water slurry is transported to a centrifugal dryer where polymer and water are separated for further conveyed to blending silos. Pellet Blending & Bagging: Dried and cooled pellets (~60°C) are then pneumatically conveyed to the pellet blending silos by an air conveying system. After homogenization in the blending silos the pellets are conveyed to the bagging and palletizing system. Finished PP pellets are packaged mainly



Rev. No. 2

Page 17 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

into 25 kgs, 1000 kgs jumbo bags and 20 ton/ 40 ton container loading as per end user demand.

Figure 2.3: Basic schematic of the proposed PP Unit

2.5 MATERIAL BALANCE

Material balance for selected case is given in Table 2.3 as below:

Table 2.3: Material balance

Description 000’Tons / Annum

FEEDSTOCK

PROPANE 601

PRODUCT

POLYPROPYLENE 500

C4 LPG 25

2.6 PROPOSED UTILITIES & OFF-SITES

2.6.1 Utilities

The total utility consumption of new units in the complex for the selected case is estimated and tabulated as below:



Rev. No. 2

Page 18 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table 2.4: Utilities of Proposed Project

Utilities & Off-sites Capacity

Steam & Power Generation

• Gas based steam Boiler (50 TPH) (1+1) x 405 Deg. C @ 43 kg/cm2a

• ~ 125 MW Power Import from Grid.

Compressed Air System • Nitrogen Plant – 2600 Nm3/hr • Plant Air – 760 Nm3/hr • Instrument Air – 2770 Nm3/hr

Cooling Water Total Requirement – 16000 m3/hr (4 + 1) Cells of 4000 m3 each

Treated Water System Treated Water rate– 480 m3/hr Treated Water Storage - based on 7.5 days storage.

RO Based DM Plant 105 M3/hr (feed basis)

Condensate Polishing Unit

12 m3/hr

Effluent Treatment Plant 15 m3/hr

2.6.2 Off-sites

Based on the unit capacities and operating requirements following are the storages and pipelines considered for the proposed project.

Table 2.5: Material balance

Utilities & Off-sites Description

Storages Propane - 5 Mounded Bullets Propylene - 3 Mounded Bullets Hydrogen Storage Treated Water - 3 Tanks Polypropylene Warehouse Fire water reservoir

Onshore Pipelines Treated Water - 28”

2.6.3 Solid Waste:

Estimated solid waste summary for the proposed plant is given in Table.2.6:

Table 2.6: Solid Waste Summary


Frequency Disposal

Spent Catalyst / Adsorbents

2150 MT once per 4 Years

Catalyst processor for metals reclamation or landfill in accordance with local regulation

Inert grain / Alumina Balls

60 MT once per 4 years

Landfill in accordance with local regulation



Rev. No. 2

Page 19 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL


Frequency Disposal

Support balls from Dryer/Treater Bed (Ceramic)

80 MT once per 4 years

Landfill in accordance with local regulation

Note: Technology selection for PDH & PP Plants under progress.

2.6.4 Land Requirement

At present GAIL is in possession of 321 Acres of land at Usar, Maharashtra. The land requirement for the Proposed Project is estimated as below:

Overall land requirement Total Complex Area : 321 Acres /130 Hectares Plant Area : 215 Acres / 87 Hectares Green Belt Provided (33%) : 106 Acres / 43 Hectares

As per the above no additional land area is to be purchased by GAIL, the proposed complex can be accommodated within the existing plot area.

The plot plan of proposed plant is attached as Figure 2.4.

2.6.5 Water Balance 2.6.5.1 Fresh Water Demand For proposed project, normal treated water requirement is 480 m3/hr. This water will be

sourced from Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) which is provided through water supply pipeline upto battery limit/boundary wall of petrochemical complex. M/s. GAIL has received consent letter from MIDC for supply of 15.6 MLD (650 m3/hr).

2.6.5.2 Effluent Treatment and Zero Liquid Discharge Plant

There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant. The following effluent streams are generated in proposed PDH & PP Plant:

Stream Description Principal Contaminants

Process Effluents BOD/COD, TSS, Phenols, Sulfides, NH4OH, PP fines, Traces of Hydrocarbon

Spent Caustic Sulfides, BOD/COD, TDS

Contaminated Rain Water TSS

Sanitary & Canteen Waste BOD, TSS

Non-process Effluent (Cooling tower blowdown, Boiler blowdown, Floorwash etc.)

Traces of Oil, BOD/COD, TSS, Phenols, Sulfides, Polymer powder

Major liquid effluents produced in any PP plant can be classified in two categories: Process water (from Pelletizer water tank) and Drain, washing, fire and rain water from the different areas of the unit. Effluent generated from PDH unit is mainly Sulfidic Spent caustic and Ammoniated water.



Rev. No. 2

Page 20 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Treatment Philosophy

Spent Caustic Effluents shall be treated for high COD & sulphidic compounds in a packaged Spent caustic treatment unit. After that, treated spent caustic shall be routed to main treatment chain of ETP.

Process Effluent shall be first collected in a tank for equalization. After that pH of the

process effluent shall be corrected before sending to DAF unit. After removal of suspended solids (including PP solids) in DAF unit, the effluent will be routed to Biological section for BOD/COD removal. After biological section, residual COD of effluent shall be treated in PSF (Pressure Sand Filter) and ACF (Activated Carbon Filter).

Contaminated rain water after treatment of TSS/turbidity can be used for non-process

usage inside the plant. Sanitary effluent shall be treated in a packaged STP (Sewage Treatment Plant). Treated

STP effluent shall be utilized for green belt development. Treated effluent from ETP and other non-process effluents are then routed to RO based

recycle plant. 95% effluent shall be recovered in RO based recycle plant. Treated effluent shall be of

treated raw water quality and DM water quality. Reject effluent from RO based recycled plant shall be further treated in Evaporator and

Crystallizer units. Dry sludge from recycle plant shall be disposed off to secured landfill. There will be no liquid effluent disposal from proposed PDH & PP Plant.

Water balance diagram for the proposed project is given as Figure 2.5.

2.6.6 Gaseous Emission SO2 and NOX emission from the proposed project will be 6 kg/hr and 100 kg/kr. Fuel for the

heater and boiler shall be primarily fuel gas.

The following are envisaged in the Project to minimize gaseous emission:

Gaseous fuel will be used in heater & boiler to minimize air emission. Low NOX burners in heater & boiler are envisaged. All the emission standards will be met for gaseous emissions. Continuous stack monitoring for ambient air pollution. Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programme for fugitive hydrocarbon emission

control will be followed. Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment. Developing green belt in the proposed plant premises.



Rev. No. 2

Page 21 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Figure 2.4: The Plot Plan of Proposed Plant at Usar



Rev. No. 2

Page 22 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Figure 2.5: Water balance diagram for the proposed PDH-PP unit project



AT USAR FOR GAIL


Rev. No. 2

Page 23 of 179

CHAPTER – 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT



Rev. No. 2

Page 24 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.0 INTRODUCTION The baseline data forms the basis for predicting/assessing the environmental impacts of the

proposed project. The data has been collected around GAIL Usar site during the period of 12

weeks (15th December, 2017-15th March, 2018) as per Terms of Reference by M/s Pragathi

Labs & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad which is MoEFCC approved environmental

laboratory. The baseline data for various environmental components related Ambient Air

Quality, Water Quality, Noise Level, Traffic Density and Soil Quality were monitored and

collected in an area of 10 km radius from the plant site.

The baseline status of various environmental components collected is described in the

following sections.

3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Man draws components of his natural and societal environment to sustain his various

activities, which are aimed at satisfying his needs, and these activities in turn have impact or

repercussions on the components of his environment. Environmental management must

regulate the demands of man in such a manner that the ability of the same environment to

sustain his development will remain unimpaired. Air pollution is the introduction of harmful

substances including particulates and biological molecules into Earth's atmosphere. It may

cause diseases, allergies or death in humans, it may also cause harm to other living

organisms such as animals and food crops, and may damage the natural or built

environment. Human activity and natural processes can both generate air pollution.

Air pollution is a significant risk factor for a number of pollution-related diseases and health

conditions including respiratory infections, heart disease, COPD (chronic obstructive

pulmonary disease), stroke and lung cancer. The health effects caused by air pollution may

include difficulty in breathing, wheezing, coughing, asthma and worsening of existing

respiratory and cardiac conditions. These effects can result in increased medication use,

increased doctor or emergency room visits, more hospital admissions and premature death.

The human health effects of poor air quality are far reaching, but principally affect the body's

respiratory system and the cardiovascular system. Individual reactions to air pollutants

depend on the type of pollutant a person is exposed to, the degree of exposure, and the

individual's health status and genetics. The most common sources of air pollution include

particulates, nitrogen dioxide, and sulphur dioxide, ozone and HC. Air may be replenished

through photosynthesis process and cleaned precipitation, but these natural processes are

limited in their effectiveness. It therefore seems self-evident that the protection of our air

quality is a vital consideration when assessing the environmental impact of man‟s diversified

activities.

Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on

the neighborhood air environment of the proposed petrochemical plant at Usar and forms an

important part of impact assessment studies. The ambient air quality status with respect to

the study zone of 10 km radial distance from the plant site will form the baseline information.

Thus the baseline data generated in the field will help to predict impacts due to the proposed

project and to find out the net impacts on air environment for impact assessment study. The

baseline status of the ambient air quality can be assessed thorough scientifically designed

ambient air quality monitoring network which is based on the following considerations.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biomolecule

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth%27s_atmosphere

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_environment

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Built_environment



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_pollution-related_diseases

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chronic_obstructive_pulmonary_disease

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asthma



Rev. No. 2

Page 25 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale,

Topography of the study area,

Representation of regional background levels,

Representation of plant site,

Representation of cross sectional distribution in the downward direction,

Influence of the existing sources if any, are to be kept at minimum,

Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status.

By following the above monitoring network the baseline data was collected and the results

are portrayed in this report.

3.1.1 Micro-meteorological Data

Meteorological factors have direct bearing on dispersion and dilution of Pollutants/

contaminants discharged into the atmosphere with consequent impact on air environment.

Micro-meteorological properties of the atmosphere govern the concentration of pollutants

and its variations with time and location with respect to their sources. The basic

meteorological parameters which govern the transport & diffusion of the pollutants in the air

are wind speed, wind direction & ambient temperature. Relative humidity, Pressure, rainfall

and cloud cover are secondary meteorological parameters as these control the dispersion of

the pollutants indirectly by affecting the primary parameters.

Micro-meteorological data within the proposed site during the air quality survey period is an

indispensable part of air pollution study. The meteorology study made use of both secondary

and primary data to characterize the existing environment. The historical meteorological data

(Secondary data) and the data recorded during survey period (Primary data) are very useful

for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input, to predictive models

for air quality impacts. Historical data is used for initial site selection for ambient air quality

monitoring. Ambient air quality studies and recording of meteorological observations are

simultaneously conducted in the same period (December 2017, January, February & March

2018) for the proposed petrochemical project.

3.1.1.1 Historical/Secondary data

Mumbai has a moderately hot with high level of humidity. Its coastal nature and tropical

location ensures temperatures won‟t fluctuate much throughout the year. When compared

with winter, the summers have much more rainfall. The mean maximum and minimum

temperature was 32 and 20.5⁰C and average precipitation is 242.2 cm. The driest month is

January, with 0 mm of rainfall. In July, the precipitation reaches its peak; with an average of

835mm. January is the coldest month of the year. The period from December to mid-

February enjoys generally a fine weather.

During the monitoring period i.e. winter season (December 15, 2017 to March 15, 2018) the

mean temperature varies from 36.4 to 13.2oC. Relative humidity was found to be in the

range of 70 to 47%. Barometric pressure ranges between 760 to 757 mm of Hg. The mean

wind speed was found to be 5.1 to 6.5 Kmph with Northwest, West and Southwest as the

predominant wind directions. Following is the detailed IMD data of Mumbai. The detailed 30

year meteorological data is summarized in Table 3.1.



Rev. No. 2

Page 26 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table No. 3.1 Monthly Mean IMD Data of Mumbai

(Years: 1981-2010)

Month

Average Daily

Temperature (oC)

Humidity (%)

Pressure (mmHg) Rainfall

(mm)

Wind speed Kmph

Direction

Max. Min. 8:30 17:30 8:30 17:30

January 35.1 13.2 70 49 760 757 0.3 5.6 NW, N, W

February 36.4 14.3 68 47 759 757 0.4 6.5 NW, N, W,

NE

March 38 17.5 69 51 758 755 0 7.1 NW, N, W

April 37.6 21.1 69 59 756 754 0.1 7.8 NW, W, N

May 36.1 24.4 70 65 755 753 11.3 9.2 W, NW, SW

June 34.9 23.2 79 74 752 751 493.1 10.9 W, SW, NW

July 32.2 23.4 85 81 752 751 840.7 12.2 W, SW

August 31.5 23.5 86 81 754 752 585.2 11 W, SW, NW

September 33.1 23 85 76 755 753 341.4 6.9 W, NW, SW

October 36.3 20.3 74 63 757 755 89.3 5.3 NW, N, W

November 35.8 17.6 63 54 759 756 9.9 5.2 NW, NE, N

December 35.1 14.5 65 51 760 757 1.6 5.1 NW, NE, N

Average 38.9 12.7 74 63 756 754 2373.4 7.7 NW, W, SW,

N

Ref: Data collected from IMD Pune for Mumbai

In order to understand the predominant directions at proposed sites various intervals during

24 hours of the day, data taken separately for 0-23 hours. The percentage frequencies of the

results are used to prepare wind roses separately and they are depicted in Figure. 3.1.

Total wind rose of IMD (0-23 hrs) Total wind rose of USAR (0-23 hrs)

Figure. No. 3.1 Comparison of Wind rose diagram



Rev. No. 2

Page 27 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.1.1.2 Primary Meteorological Data

Meteorological studies were carried out by installing Automatic Weather Station (AWS) model

Accurate at Usar village for measurement of meteorological data. The AWS was installed at a

height about 10 m above ground level which was free from disturbances (built up, tree canopy

etc.) wind movement. Before installation, by using compass, it was ensured that North direction

will be displayed 3600. The AWS was computed for hourly data. Time to time the display was

checked to ensure that the data was regularly and correctly downloading. At the end of the

season, total data was downloaded. From the downloaded data, wind direction and wind speed

were used in preparation of „wind roses‟. The wind roses thus prepared shows the wind is

coming „from‟ which direction but not „to‟ and they were prepared for total season. Similarly

cloud cover is also recorded at the site through visual inspection.

Temperature, Relative Humidity, Barometric pressure

The minimum and maximum temperatures recorded during the study period were 20 and

42oC respectively with an average temperature of 28.1oC. Similarly the minimum and

maximum relative humidity was 11 and 89 % respectively with an average relative humidity

as 49.9%. Barometric pressure was observed to be 757 mm of Hg on an average for the

study period. From these readings it can be concluded that primary data is in-course with

secondary data.

Wind speed, wind direction and Rainfall

The predominant wind directions were West, Northwest and North. The average wind speed

was computed as 8.7 kmph with 26 kmph as the maximum wind speed during the study

period. Based on the number of observations, wind speed and direction, percentage

frequency is computed and the data is then used in preparation of wind roses. The

predominant wind direction was West and North with the percentage frequency of 21.3 &

17% for total season. The wind speed and direction are following the trends of IMD data for

Mumbai. The total rainfall received during the study period was 1.4 mm.

From the baseline data collected for meteorology during winter season 2018 it can be

concluded that the primary data is following the trends of secondary data. All the parameters

considered during the meteorological studies are in course with the secondary data for

season (December 2017, January, February & March, 2018).

The Wind speed and direction data collected from primary and secondary sources are used

for preparing „Wind roses‟. The wind rose was prepared for proposed location and then wind

roses were compared with the wind rose generated by IMD data. The comparison of wind

roses is shown in Figure. No. 3.1.

3.1.2 Ambient Air Quality

It is essential to have a baseline data with regard to air pollution, especially for developing

projects. The harmful effects of pollution can be envisaged only if adequate data is available,

with a well selected number of sampling stations, duration of sampling and monitoring

methods.

By using historical meteorological data, 6 ambient air quality monitoring stations were identified

and installed during the study period. All the instruments (samplers) were installed between 1 to



Rev. No. 2

Page 28 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

2 m above ground which was free from obstructions. The sites were selected in such a way that

they represent local AAQ. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) parameters such as PM10, PM2.5,SO2,

NOx, HC and NMHC were monitored at 6 sampling stations with a calibrated Combo Dust

Sampler (Model-Combo 9000, Aero Vironment Engineers Inc., make). PM10, PM2.5, Samples

were collected on the filter paper and SO2, NOx gaseous samples were collected in the

absorbing solutions with 24 hourly duration. Time to time pre-numbered and reweighed filter

papers are changed and meticulous attention is taken without tearing the filter paper with

minimum exposure to atmospheric moisture and is carried to the laboratory for final

weighing. Similarly absorbent‟s are also changed and transported to the laboratory for

further analysis after labeling.

3.1.2.1 Methodology

8 ambient air quality monitoring stations at Usar were monitored for specific air pollutants during

the study period. All the instruments (samplers) were installed between 3 to 4 m above ground

level which was free from obstructions. The sampling and analysis of the required parameters

were carried out as per IS: 5182 methodology entitled “Methods of Measurement of Air

Pollution” and AWMA entitled “Methods of Air sampling and analysis”. Following are the

parameters monitored during the study period.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)

2. Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

3. Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and

4. Hydro-Carbons (methane & non-methane)

Particulates

Combo dust sampler was used for PM10 and PM2.5 monitoring apart from gaseous pollutants.

It separates the coarser particles from the air stream before filtering it on the 0.3 pore size

filter allowing the measurement of both the parameters.

Based on the volume, time period and difference in gravitational weights the concentrations

of PM10 and PM2.5 are calculated using the following formulae.

(F2-F1)

PM10 (g/m3) = ------------------ x 106

Va

Where,

F1= Initial weight of Watman glass fiber Filter Paper, gm

F2 = Final weight of Watman glass fiber Filter Paper, gm

Va = Volume of Air Sampled, m3

(F2-F1)

PM2.5 (g/m3) = ------------------ x 106

Va

Where,

F1= Initial weight of PTFE Filter Paper, gm

F2 = Final weight of PTFE Filter Paper, gm

Va = Volume of Air Sampled, m3



Rev. No. 2

Page 29 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Gaseous pollutants

Sulphur dioxide

For measurement of Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Improved West and Gaeke method is adopted.

The pollutant will be trapped in absorbent (Potassium- tetra- chloromercurate) and forms a

non-volatile dichloro-sulphito-mercurate complex. The volume of flow will be calculated by

setting known flow rate in rotameter. The total volume will be calculated by multiplying flow

rate and time period. The absorbent were brought to the laboratory to determine the

absorbance value with the help of calibrated Spectrophotometer at a wavelength of 560 nm.

The absorbance value of the sample along with the standards are represented on graph and

from the known concentrations of standards, the unknown concentration of SO2 in the

absorbent is determined from graph.

Nitrogen oxides

For measurement of nitrogen oxides, Jacob and Hochheiser Modified Method is

adopted.Nitrogen oxides are collected by bubbling air through a sodium hydroxide-sodium

arsentite solution to form a stable solution of sodium nitrite. The volume of flow will be

calculated by setting known flow rate in rotameter. The total volume will be calculated by

multiplying flow rate and time period. The absorbent were brought to the laboratory to

determine the absorbance value with the help of calibrated Spectrophotometer at a

wavelength of 540 nm. The absorbance value of the sample along with the standards are

represented on graph and from the known concentrations of standards, the unknown

concentration of NOx in the absorbent is determined from graph.

Hydro-Carbons

Air samples were collected in sealed plastic bags and latter fed to GC.

3.1.2.2 Description of sampling locations

The air quality locations were monitored at 8 locations (Fig. No. 3.2) to assess the pollution

levels at proposed petrochemical project. The descriptions of sampling locations are as

follows:

Code Location Dist. (km) Dir.

AAQ-1 Khanav village 1.5 N

AAQ-2 Vave village 2.8 SE

AAQ-3 Beloshi village 5.1 E

AAQ-4 Bherse village 1.7 NNE

AAQ-5 Usar village 0.3 W

AAQ-6 Dawale village 3.8 WNW

AAQ-7 Diviparangi village 5.1 S

AAQ-8 Baple village 6.5 SE

Distance and Direction w.r.t. Project Boundary



Rev. No. 2

Page 30 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig No. 3.2 Selected Ambient Air Quality Stations for GAIL Plant at Usar

3.1.2.3 Results and Discussions

The Ambient Air Quality survey has been carried out at 8 locations within 10 km radius

around the proposed GAIL plant at Usar. Measurement of Particulate matter (PM10 & PM2.5),

SO2, NOX, HC and NMHC levels help to understand the existing environmental scenario.

The results of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and O3 are expressed in µg/m3 whereas the results of

HC are expressed in ppm. The results of all the locations for specified parameters are given

in Table No. 3.2.

The results were further computed for statistical parameters like Minimum, Maximum

concentrations and 98th Percentile values.

Table No. 3.2 AAQ Data (All values are expressed in µg/m3 except HC & NMHC are expressed in ppm)

Particulates Locations Usar

NAAQS Min Max 98thPercentile

PM10 AAQ-1 60 67 62.5

100 AAQ-2 57 61 58.8



Rev. No. 2

Page 31 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

AAQ-3 57 62 59.0

AAQ-4 52 60 56.4

AAQ-5 64 73 67.8

AAQ-6 53 59 56.2

AAQ-7 59 65 60.5

AAQ-8 53 63 57.2

PM2.5

AAQ-1 26 31 28.2

60

AAQ-2 27 30 27.6

AAQ-3 25 30 26.9

AAQ-4 24 29 26.7

AAQ-5 31 35 32.5

AAQ-6 23 28 25.5

AAQ-7 22 27 25.1

AAQ-8 23 32 26.2

SO2

AAQ-1 11.8 13.5 12.7

80

AAQ-2 11.6 13.5 12.6

AAQ-3 12.1 14.1 13.2

AAQ-4 11.5 13.2 12.5

AAQ-5 13.5 15.7 14.7

AAQ-6 11.4 12.8 12.2

AAQ-7 10.5 14 13.2

AAQ-8 11.2 12.8 12.4

NOX

AAQ-1 14.2 15.7 15.0

80

AAQ-2 13.5 15.5 14.6

AAQ-3 14.5 16.3 15.2

AAQ-4 13.1 14.9 14.2

AAQ-5 15.2 17.8 16.5

AAQ-6 13.2 14.6 14.1

AAQ-7 13 14.2 13.8

AAQ-8 15 16.1 15.4

HC

AAQ-1 0.51 0.59 0.54

-

AAQ-2 0.41 0.58 0.48

AAQ-3 0.26 0.48 0.39

AAQ-4 0.34 0.48 0.41

AAQ-5 0.68 0.79 0.72

AAQ-6 0.35 0.47 0.40

AAQ-7 0.45 0.51 0.48

AAQ-8 0.36 0.49 0.41

NMHC

AAQ-1 BDL 0.04 0.02

-

AAQ-2 BDL 0.03 0.01

AAQ-3 BDL 0.04 0.02

AAQ-4 BDL 0.06 0.02

AAQ-5 0.11 0.33 0.23

AAQ-6 0.01 0.05 0.03

AAQ-7 BDL 0.05 0.03

AAQ-8 0.01 0.06 0.03



Rev. No. 2

Page 32 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig. No. 3.3 Graphical representation of Particulates (PM10& PM2.5)

Fig. No. 3.4 Graphical representation of Gaseous Pollutants (SO2& NOx)

62.558.8 59

56.4

67.8

56.2

60.557.2

28.2 27.6 26.9 26.7

32.5

25.5 25.1 26.2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 AAQ-7 AAQ-8

98th %tile Values-PM10 98th %tile Values-PM2.5

12.7 12.613.2

12.5

14.7

12.2

13.212.4

1514.6

15.2

14.2

16.5

14.1 13.8

15.4

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18


98th %tile Values-SO2 98th %tile Values-NOX



Rev. No. 2

Page 33 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig. No. 3.5 Graphical representation of HC pollutant

3.1.2.4 Conclusions

Particulate Matter (PM10& PM2.5)

Results of 24-hour sampling conducted during the winter season were averaged to obtain the general baseline concentration for each sampling location at proposed sites. The overall average concentration for PM10 and PM2.5 was 60.1 and 27.9 µg/m3 respectively. The maximum, minimum and 98th Percentile values are given in Table No. 3.2 and depicted in Fig. 3.3. Among the 6 sampling stations, Maximum average concentration was found at the Usar village sampling station (PM10 = 67.8 µg/m3 and PM2.5 = 32.5 µg/m3) Minimum average concentration was found at Dawale village sampling station (PM10 = 56.2 µg/m3 and PM2.5 = 25.5 µg/m3). Possible reasons for high levels of Particulate matter for Usar village can be attributed due to the vehicular movement, nearby State highway. However, all the results were within the NAAQS limits as specified for Industrial area.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Nitrogen Dioxide (NOX)

Results of 24-hour sampling conducted during the winter season for Sulphur dioxide and Nitrogen dioxides were averaged to obtain the general baseline concentration for each sampling location.The overall average concentration for SO2 and NOx was 13.0 and 14.9 µg/m3 respectively. The maximum, minimum and 98th Percentile values are given in Table No. 3.2 and depicted in Fig. 3.4. Among the 6 sampling stations, Maximum average concentration was found at the Usar village sampling station (SO2 = 14.7 µg/m3 and NOx = 16.5 µg/m3) Minimum average concentration was found at Dawale village sampling station (SO2 = 12.3 µg/m3 and NOx = 14.1 µg/m3). Possible reasons for high levels of Particulate matter for Usar village can be attributed due to the vehicular movement and nearby industries. However, all the results were within the NAAQS limits as specified for Industrial area.

0.540.48

0.39 0.41

0.72

0.4

0.48

0.41

0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02

0.23

0.03 0.03 0.03

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8


98th %tile Values-HC 98th %tile Values-NHHC



Rev. No. 2

Page 34 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Hydro Carbons (HC)

Results of 8-hour sampling for HC showed concentrations ranging from 0.39 to 0.72 ppm. The overall resulting average level was found to be 0.49 ppm. The maximum, minimum and 98th Percentile values are given in Table No. 3.2 and depicted in Fig. 3.5. Averaging the concentrations for the all the sampling stations, Usar village had the highest average concentration of 0.72 ppm, while the lowest concentration was found in Beloshi with 0.39 ppm.

Non- Methane Hydro Carbons (NMHC)

Results of 8-hour sampling for NMHC showed concentrations ranging from 0.01 to 0.23 ppm. The overall resulting average level was found to be 0.059 ppm. The maximum, minimum and 98th Percentile values are given in Table No. 3.2. Averaging the concentrations for the all the sampling stations, Usar village had the highest average concentration of 0.23 ppm, while the lowest concentration was found in Vave village with 0.01 ppm. 3.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise in defined as the unwanted sound, which is caused by the vibration of molecules and

is the periodic mechanical disturbances in fluids and solids. Man-made noise arises primarily

from industry and transport though sometimes it may be transmitted through amplifiers.

Noise in general is sound which is composed of many frequency components distributed

over the audible frequency range. Construction and plant operations, vehicular traffic,

aircraft, population growth and urbanization etc. are the general objectionable noises in

terms of health or nuisance. Sound becomes unwanted when it either interferes with normal

activities such as sleeping, conversation, or disrupts or diminishes one's quality of life. The

concern about noise is directly related to its negative impacts upon humans and animals viz.,

annoyance, permanent or temporary hearing loss, speech interference and health impacts,

harm to animals, effects on productivity of domestic animals, vibration of walls and windows

etc., a determination is made of the micro scale impact by predicting anticipated noise levels

for each alternative during both construction and operational phases. Predicted noise levels

are compared with applicable standards or criteria in order to assess the impact.

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Various

noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an

average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness

levels. The most commonly and heavily favored of these scales is „A‟ weighed decibel (dB

(A)). This scale has been designed to weigh the various components of noise according to

the response of the human ear.

The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

Characteristics of the noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in

nature). It is well known that a steady state noise is not as annoying as one that is

continuously varying in loudness.

The time of day at which noise occurs, for example loud noise levels at night in

residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.

The location of noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which

determines the loudness and period of noise exposure.



Rev. No. 2

Page 35 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.2.1 Ambient Noise Analysis

The environment impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced

Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The

environmental impact assessment of noise from the proposed project can be carried out by

taking into consideration of various factors such as potential physiological responses,

annoyance and general community responses. The assessment of noise pollution on

neighborhood environment due to the proposed project was carried out keeping in view all

the considerations mentioned above. The existing status of noise levels within the study

zone, a primary requirement of impact assessment studies has been undertaken for

monitoring of baseline noise levels.

3.2.1.1 Methodology of noise measurement

For noise measurement calibrated and integrated sound level meter manufactured by Lutron

(SL-4001) was used. SLM was mounted on a tripod as per the standard methodology for

noise measurements. Special care was taken for not making noises while observing the

meter during the measurement and ensuring the least amount of reflective surface is

exposed from our body to the meter.

Noise levels were recorded at 4 locations by Sound Level Meter in dB (A). Noise levels were

recorded as per IS: 9989 entitled “Assessment of noise with respect to community response”

methodology. Noise levels were recorded at approximately 1.5 meter above the ground level

and about 3 m away from walls, buildings or other sound reflecting sources. The

measurements were carried out 1 m away from the sources and 1 m away from the edge of the

roads. In order to reduce the disturbances from standing waves, the noise levels

measurements were averaged over + 0.5 m each of at least three positions. The mean values

were taken for reporting. Ambient noise levels were compared with National Ambient Air Quality

Standards in respect of noise.

For Noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe

important features of noise using statistical quantities. The notations for the statistical

quantities of noise level are given below:

L10 is the noise level exceeded 10% of the time.

L50 is the noise level exceeded 50% of the time and

L90 is the noise level exceeded 90% of the time

Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq)

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same sound

energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary

because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.

This is calculated from the following equation

Leq=L50+ (L10–L90)2/60



Rev. No. 2

Page 36 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 am

to 10 pm). Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time

during night (10 pm to 6 am).

Hourly noise recorded data and Lday values (16 hours) Lnight (8 hours) and Ldn (24 hours) are

computed and tabulated.

Day–Night Sound levels (Ldn)

The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is the Day-Night Sound

Level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hour equivalent sound level except that during night time

period (10 pm to 6 am) 10 dB(A) weighting penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level

before computing the 24 hour average. This time penalty is added to account for the fact that

noise during night when people usually sleep is judged as more annoying than the same

noise during the daytime.

The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq, by the

following equation.

Ldn = 10 log {1/24 [16 (10 Ld/10) + 8 (10 (Ln + 10)/10 ) ] }

Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the day time (6 am to 10 pm) and Ln is the

equivalent sound level during the night time (10 pm to 6 am).

The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at 4 locations. The

parameters are analyzed for Lday, Lnight and Ldn and are represented in Table No. 3.3.

3.2.1.2. Location Description

Noise levels were recorded at 8 sampling locations for the proposed project sites at Usar (Fig. No. 3.6) by calibrated and integrated Sound Level Meter in dB (A). The noise levels were recorded at the selected locations around the vicinity of the project site.



Rev. No. 2

Page 37 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig. No. 3.6 Location of Ambient Noise sampling stations at Usar

No. Location Dist.(km) Dir. 1 Usar village (AN-1) 0.18 NW 2 Bamangaon village (AN-2) 3.4 NW 3 Vave village (AN-3) 2.8 SSE 4 Khanav village (AN-4) 1.2 N 5 Kune village (AN-5) 2.0 NE 6 Deoghar village (AN-6) 2.3 SW 7 Ghotawade village (AN-7) 3.2 S 8 Nagaon Town (AN-8) 1.2 N

3.2.1.3. Data

Analysis

The recorded sound levels for all 8 locations are given in Table 3.3. Out of 8 location

measured for noise levels, the sample collected at Vave village was found to be on slightly

higher side (Ld/n = 52.3 dB (A)), which can be attributed to local prevailing environment

(Traffic and small scale industrial activities). However, the recorded noise levels were found



Rev. No. 2

Page 38 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

to be within the residential zone limits (55 dB (A)). Apart from this the noise levels recorded

at Vave village were found to be of next higher level (Ld/n = 46 dB (A)), which can be

attributed to heavy traffic. However, these levels are found to be well within the permissible

industrial limits (45 dB (A)).

Table No. 3.3 Ambient Noise Quality data at Usar

Site codes AN-1 AN-2 AN-3 AN-4 AN-5 AN-6 AN-7 AN-8 Hours

06:00 - 07:00 48 51 52 51 52 48 47 51

07:00 - 08:00 49 50 53 50 50 49 50 50

08:00 - 09:00 52 52 51 52 52 53 52 52

09:00 - 10:00 50 51 54 54 51 50 54 51

10:00 - 11:00 51 52 53 52 52 51 52 52

11:00 - 12:00 53 50 52 53 50 53 52 50

12:00 - 13:00 54 53 51 54 48 54 54 53

13:00 - 14:00 52 52 53 53 52 52 53 51

14:00 - 15:00 54 51 52 52 51 54 52 51

15:00 - 16:00 51 53 51 50 53 53 50 53

16:00 - 17:00 55 52 52 51 52 55 51 52

17:00 - 18:00 54 50 53 53 50 54 53 50

18:00 - 19:00 52 51 52 54 51 52 54 48

19:00 - 20:00 51 53 53 52 53 51 52 51

20:00 - 21:00 50 52 51 50 52 50 50 52

21:00 - 22:00 48 49 46 47 49 47 46 49

Minimum 48.0 49.0 46.0 47.0 48.0 47.0 46.0 48.0

Maximum 55.0 53.0 54.0 54.0 53.0 55.0 54.0 52.0

Day Leq. 52.0 51.5 52.1 52.1 50.2 51.8 51.4 51.7

Day Limits 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

Hours

22:00 - 23:00 46 42 46 45 44 43 42 44

23:00 - 24:00 43 40 44 43 43 43 44 44

24:00 - 01:00 41 41 40 40 41 40 40 40

01:00 - 02:00 40 40 41 41 40 41 41 41

02:00 - 03:00 37 38 40 40 37 40 40 39

03:00 - 04:00 35 39 41 38 35 36 42 41

04:00 - 05:00 38 40 43 39 37 39 43 42

05:00 - 06:00 41 42 42 41 41 41 42 42

Minimum 35.0 38.0 40.0 35.0 35.0 36.0 40.0 39.0

Maximum 46.0 42.0 46.0 45.0 44.0 43.0 44.0 44.0

Night eg 41.4 40.4 42.6 41.3 41.2 40.9 42.6 42.7

Limits 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45

D/n eq 51.8 51.2 52.3 51.9 51.8 51.9 52.3 52.3



Rev. No. 2

Page 39 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Note:Residential limit for day – 55 dB (A) and for night – 45 dB(A)

Fig. 3.7 Graphical representation of Equivalent Noise levels for the proposed sites

3.3 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS

Traffic remains the concealed component of the impact analysis of any new development

project. Therefore the impact of certain projects on traffic and transportation is too far

reaching to be subsumed under a generalized EIA study. Traffic Analysis is a study carried

out to predict the magnitude and effects that a proposed development project generated

traffic will have on the transportation network. Traffic analysis is an important document in

helping planning authorities in making decisions on land and its use. Traffic analysis can

also be used to evaluate whether the proposed developmental project is appropriate and

what type of transportation facility improvements would be necessary. Traffic impacts could

be direct or cumulative. A direct impact would result solely from the implementation of the

proposed project while cumulative impact is based on list of past, present and probable

future projects in the area. This means that a cumulative impact would occur as a result of

traffic growth both the project and from other projects in the area. A traffic impact is an effect,

either positive or negative, on the traffic of the adjoining roads and other transportation

infrastructures that may be associated with a proposed project activity. The assessment of

the proposed project may be based on a synthesis of such criteria as, the nature of the

impact, directness of the impacts, spatial extent, duration, intensive or magnitude and

determination of significance.

Traffic behaves in a complex and nonlinear way, depending on the interactions of a large

number of vehicles. Due to the individual reactions of human drivers, vehicles do not interact

simply following the laws of mechanics, but rather display cluster formation and shock

wave propagation both forward and backward, depending on vehicle density. Some

mathematical models of traffic flow use a vertical queue assumption, in which the vehicles

along a congested link do not spill back along the length of the link.

The contribution of automobile emissions aggravating the air pollution menaces. The three

main types of automobile vehicles being used in the country are

Passenger cars powered by four strokes gasoline engines.

51.8

51.2

52.3

51.951.8

51.9

52.3 52.3

50.6

50.8

51

51.2

51.4

51.6

51.8

52

52.2

52.4

AN-1 AN-2 AN-3 AN-4 AN-5 AN-6 AN-7 AN-8

D/n eq

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vehicle

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Structure_formation

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shock_wave



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Density

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vertical_queue



Rev. No. 2

Page 40 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Motor cars, scooters and auto rickshaws powered mostly by small two stroke diesel

engines.

Large trucks and buses powered by mostly 4 stroked engines.

The concept of forecasting the future use of the road network in terms of traffic loading and

flow, is generally an accepted approach world-wide. The techniques used have become

almost standard in both developing and developed countries. The accuracy of traffic data

collection and the subsequent predictions are of paramount importance in the fulfillment of

an appropriate planning, design, maintenance monitoring and management of the road

network. As regards to the emission problems, diesel engines are more noisy and smoky.

The smoke in the diesel exhaust is not just un-burnt hydrocarbons, some of which are

proved carcinogens. In addition to being a traffic hazard by reducing the visibility, smoke

contains extremely hazardous constituents.

Carbon monoxide is a problem confined to gasoline engines, both two and four strokes. The

causes and remedial measure for abatement of CO are similar to those of un-

burnt hydrocarbons. Oxides of nitrogen have become a major concern from the point of

health hazards caused by vehicle emissions. In traffic study the condition of engine, the

quality of fuel and driving pattern, traffic density has a lot to contribute to this problem. Over

loading and over speeding increases the magnitude of this problem considerably. Signal

points are also one of the noise emanation sources as most of the vehicles keep running.

The traffic data recorded once for a day at each location for continuous 24 hours in a day,

under three different vehicular categories viz.

Heavy: Multi axle trucks and trailors,

Medium: Trucks and buses,

Light: Cars, Jeeps, Light carriers vehicles.

Out of the total traffic vehicles, 2-wheelers are very high followed by light and medium

vehicles. The movement of two wheelers and light vehicles are largely found in daytime. The

difference of heavy vehicle movement both day and night time was very marginal.

3.3.1 Data Analysis

Bamangaon to Vave village (TA-1)

This location is 3.4km distance away from the GAIL plant in North-west direction. This sampling station is 0.2 km away from the village in NE direction. The traffic was high during the day time. This road connects Bamangaon to Vave village.

Khanav to Usar village (TA-2)

This location is 1.2km distance away from the GAIL plant in North direction. This sampling

station is 0.3km away from the village in SE direction. The traffic was low during the study

period. This road connects Khanav to Usar route.

Vave to Roha village (TA-3)

This location is 2.8km distance away from the GAIL plant in SE direction. This sampling

station is 0.06km distance away from the village in SW direction. The traffic was low during

the study period. This road connects Vave to Roha route.



Rev. No. 2

Page 41 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Beloshi to Vave village (TA-4)

This location is 4.7km distance away from the GAIL plant in SE direction. This sampling

station is 0.2km distance away from the village in SW direction. The traffic was low during

the study period. This road connects Beloshi to Vave route.

Fig. No. 3.8 Location of Traffic analysis sampling stations at Usar

No. Location Dist.(km) Dir. Latitude Longitude 1 Bamangaon to Vave village (TA-1) 3.4 NW 18°37’32.35”N 72°56’28.10”E 2 Khanav to Usar village (TA-2) 1.2 N 18°36’46.33”N 72°57’38.36”E 3 Vave to Roha village (TA-3) 2.8 SE 18°34’44.83”N 72°58’20.65”E 4 Beloshi to Vave village (TA-4) 4.7 SE 18°35'53.50"N 73° 0'24.51"E





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table No. 3.4 Traffic Density Monitoring Data at Usar

Location: Bamangaon to Vave village

TIME (HRS)

Bamangaon to Vave Vave to Bamangaon Total

Total

vehicles

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT

0:00-1:00 0 1 2 0 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 2 0 8

1:00-2:00 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 5

2:00-3:00 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 4 1 12

3:00-4:00 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 4 1 3 4 5 3 6 2 23

4:00-5:00 2 3 3 1 4 1 4 1 5 2 3 0 6 4 8 3 7 1 29

5:00-6:00 1 1 4 3 3 2 3 2 7 1 5 2 4 3 11 4 8 4 34

6:00-7:00 3 4 5 2 5 3 5 4 4 3 9 1 8 8 9 5 14 4 48

7:00 -8:00 1 1 7 4 8 5 2 3 8 5 11 0 3 4 15 9 19 5 55

8:00 - 9:00 4 2 9 6 10 1 4 6 10 4 13 3 8 8 19 10 23 4 72

9:00 - 10:00 2 4 11 8 12 2 1 8 12 6 14 2 3 12 23 14 26 4 82

10:00 -11:00 5 6 13 10 14 3 2 10 14 9 17 1 7 16 27 19 31 4 104

11:00 - 12:00 3 3 10 11 18 5 4 11 16 11 20 1 7 14 26 22 38 6 113

12:00 - 13:00 6 5 14 13 16 2 6 14 20 13 24 1 12 19 34 26 40 3 134

13:00-14:00 8 7 12 9 20 3 3 13 18 10 27 0 11 20 30 19 47 3 130

14:00-15:00 4 4 10 7 25 4 1 17 14 12 22 0 5 21 24 19 47 4 120

15:00-16:00 2 8 9 10 19 2 5 15 11 14 26 0 7 23 20 24 45 2 121

16:00-17:00 5 6 6 8 17 2 2 12 10 11 28 1 7 18 16 19 45 3 108

17:00-18:00 1 9 8 6 15 2 4 14 12 10 21 1 5 23 20 16 36 3 103

18:00-19:00 0 3 10 5 13 3 1 10 9 9 19 1 1 13 19 14 32 4 83

19:00-20:00 1 7 7 7 12 1 3 8 6 6 16 2 4 15 13 13 28 3 76

20:00-21:00 3 10 5 4 10 0 2 6 4 4 13 3 5 16 9 8 23 3 64

21:00-22:00 4 6 3 2 6 0 4 3 4 2 10 2 8 9 7 4 16 2 46

22:00-23:00 1 4 6 3 3 0 2 1 2 1 7 0 3 5 8 4 10 0 30

23:00-0:00 2 2 4 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 4 0 3 4 7 1 6 0 21

Total 60 99 161 123 239 42 62 164 197 135 316 23 122 263 358 258 555 65 1621





AT USAR FOR GAIL


Location: Khanav to Usar village

TIME (HRS)

Khanav to Usar Usar to Khanav Total

Total

vehicles

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s


0:00-1:00 0 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 2 2 4 0 9

1:00-2:00 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 1 3 0 0 2 1 7

2:00-3:00 2 3 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 5 1 3 4 4 2 8 4 25

3:00-4:00 1 2 1 0 2 5 2 2 4 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 6 10 31

4:00-5:00 3 4 2 2 4 8 4 4 7 2 6 3 7 8 9 4 10 11 49

5:00-6:00 5 2 5 4 7 9 3 7 5 4 7 4 8 9 10 8 14 13 62

6:00-7:00 4 5 7 6 10 5 5 9 10 6 10 8 9 14 17 12 20 13 85

7:00 -8:00 6 7 9 5 12 4 4 10 12 8 12 6 10 17 21 13 24 10 95

8:00 - 9:00 8 9 11 8 18 7 7 12 14 10 14 2 15 21 25 18 32 9 120

9:00 - 10:00 7 10 10 9 20 6 9 14 17 9 16 3 16 24 27 18 36 9 130

10:00 -11:00 6 12 13 10 23 8 10 16 15 10 19 5 16 28 28 20 42 13 147

11:00 - 12:00 5 11 15 12 26 5 6 12 17 12 23 7 11 23 32 24 49 12 151

12:00 - 13:00 9 8 17 14 30 10 8 11 13 14 27 4 17 19 30 28 57 14 165

13:00-14:00 7 6 11 11 31 12 5 13 18 10 29 2 12 19 29 21 60 14 155

14:00-15:00 5 9 9 9 33 10 7 10 20 9 30 3 12 19 29 18 63 13 154

15:00-16:00 10 10 12 12 29 11 4 14 19 7 33 6 14 24 31 19 62 17 167

16:00-17:00 4 12 14 10 34 5 9 9 22 5 28 0 13 21 36 15 62 5 152

17:00-18:00 7 14 8 8 38 4 6 11 16 8 33 1 13 25 24 16 71 5 154

18:00-19:00 3 10 5 13 40 6 3 9 13 6 35 2 6 19 18 19 75 8 145

19:00-20:00 5 9 7 11 42 7 4 10 18 4 28 3 9 19 25 15 70 10 148

20:00-21:00 4 7 4 9 45 9 6 9 12 5 22 5 10 16 16 14 67 14 137

21:00-22:00 2 5 6 6 47 5 2 7 10 3 20 0 4 12 16 9 67 5 113

22:00-23:00 1 3 3 4 28 3 5 5 8 4 23 0 6 8 11 8 51 3 87

23:00-0:00 2 1 2 2 20 2 3 6 9 6 29 0 5 7 11 8 49 2 82

Total 107 160 174 167 545 145 113 204 282 147 456 70 220 364 456 314 1001 215 2570





AT USAR FOR GAIL


Location: Vave to Roha village

TIME (HRS)

Vave to Roha Roha to Vave Total

Total

vehicles

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s


0:00-1:00 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 2 4 1 3 0 1 3 5 1 4 0 14

1:00-2:00 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 0 3 2 5 2 3 2 17

2:00-3:00 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 5 0 2 1 1 4 6 0 3 2 16

3:00-4:00 2 4 3 1 3 0 3 1 2 2 4 2 5 5 5 3 7 2 27

4:00-5:00 1 6 5 2 5 2 5 2 6 1 3 3 6 8 11 3 8 5 41

5:00-6:00 0 3 7 3 8 2 3 2 4 3 5 5 3 5 11 6 13 7 45

6:00-7:00 1 5 9 2 7 3 3 3 8 4 9 2 4 8 17 6 16 5 56

7:00 -8:00 2 4 10 4 10 4 1 4 7 6 12 5 3 8 17 10 22 9 69

8:00 - 9:00 1 6 11 3 13 2 4 6 9 9 10 3 5 12 20 12 23 5 77

9:00 - 10:00 2 4 9 5 15 1 2 3 10 7 15 6 4 7 19 12 30 7 79

10:00 -11:00 1 5 8 2 17 2 5 5 12 5 17 4 6 10 20 7 34 6 83

11:00 - 12:00 1 3 7 1 18 3 3 7 14 10 20 2 4 10 21 11 38 5 89

12:00 - 13:00 0 4 5 4 20 2 6 4 17 13 24 5 6 8 22 17 44 7 104

13:00-14:00 1 6 7 2 19 5 4 2 11 11 22 8 5 8 18 13 41 13 98

14:00-15:00 1 5 9 1 16 6 2 3 9 8 19 3 3 8 18 9 35 9 82

15:00-16:00 1 3 6 3 21 7 3 6 15 10 25 4 4 9 21 13 46 11 104

16:00-17:00 0 6 4 5 23 5 1 7 18 14 21 5 1 13 22 19 44 10 109

17:00-18:00 0 4 7 2 17 6 5 5 14 9 18 3 5 9 21 11 35 9 90

18:00-19:00 1 3 4 1 13 4 2 3 12 12 20 6 3 6 16 13 33 10 81

19:00-20:00 2 5 6 2 11 2 3 8 16 11 17 5 5 13 22 13 28 7 88

20:00-21:00 1 2 3 3 14 1 1 4 19 8 15 4 2 6 22 11 29 5 75

21:00-22:00 0 3 5 1 10 2 4 2 10 5 13 2 4 5 15 6 23 4 57

22:00-23:00 1 0 2 1 5 3 2 5 8 3 11 0 3 5 10 4 16 3 41

23:00-0:00 1 1 3 0 2 0 1 2 7 1 9 0 2 3 10 1 11 0 27

Total 21 86 134 49 271 65 67 89 240 154 315 78 88 175 374 203 586 143 1569





AT USAR FOR GAIL


Location: Beloshi to Vave village

TIME (HRS)

Beloshi to Vave Vave to Beloshi Total

Total

vehicles

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s

VEHICLES

3 W

HE

EL

ER

2 W

HE

EL

ER

Cy

cle

s


0:00-1:00 0 1 2 6 8 6 0 1 8 1 3 2 0 2 10 7 11 8 38

1:00-2:00 1 0 1 8 7 5 1 0 9 1 1 3 2 0 10 9 8 8 37

2:00-3:00 1 1 4 9 12 8 2 2 10 0 2 5 3 3 14 9 14 13 56

3:00-4:00 0 2 2 1 2 9 1 1 15 2 4 2 1 3 17 3 6 11 41

4:00-5:00 2 4 5 0 1 5 2 3 14 1 3 6 4 7 19 1 4 11 46

5:00-6:00 1 7 7 2 4 6 3 5 12 3 5 2 4 12 19 5 9 8 57

6:00-7:00 0 5 9 4 7 7 2 7 18 4 9 4 2 12 27 8 16 11 76

7:00 -8:00 1 3 12 3 9 9 4 9 14 6 12 2 5 12 26 9 21 11 84

8:00 - 9:00 0 8 10 5 10 8 3 10 14 9 10 5 3 18 24 14 20 13 92

9:00 - 10:00 1 10 14 7 15 5 6 8 17 7 15 6 7 18 31 14 30 11 111

10:00 -11:00 1 12 11 9 20 6 5 11 19 5 17 8 6 23 30 14 37 14 124

11:00 - 12:00 1 13 18 11 23 3 4 13 21 10 20 4 5 26 39 21 43 7 141

12:00 - 13:00 0 15 20 13 27 5 3 15 18 13 24 2 3 30 38 26 51 7 155

13:00-14:00 2 11 23 10 30 2 7 12 16 11 22 6 9 23 39 21 52 8 152

14:00-15:00 1 13 26 12 34 3 5 14 17 8 19 5 6 27 43 20 53 8 157

15:00-16:00 3 10 19 16 38 9 8 10 13 10 25 2 11 20 32 26 63 11 163

16:00-17:00 0 12 21 20 41 8 6 13 15 2 11 3 6 25 36 22 52 11 152

17:00-18:00 1 9 27 22 48 9 3 15 12 0 10 4 4 24 39 22 58 13 160

18:00-19:00 0 6 30 17 50 1 4 5 9 1 9 2 4 11 39 18 59 3 134

19:00-20:00 0 3 33 11 42 5 2 3 6 0 7 1 2 6 39 11 49 6 113

20:00-21:00 2 2 36 12 39 4 2 3 5 2 5 3 4 5 41 14 44 7 115

21:00-22:00 1 4 17 10 37 5 1 1 4 0 3 8 2 5 21 10 40 13 91

22:00-23:00 2 1 10 8 35 6 2 3 1 5 2 5 4 4 11 13 37 11 80

23:00-0:00 2 2 5 6 33 8 2 3 1 5 4 4 4 5 6 11 37 12 75

Total 23 154 362 222 572 142 78 167 288 106 242 94 101 321 650 328 814 236 2450



Rev. No. 2

Page 46 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.3.2 Conclusion

Out of total traffic vehicles, 2 wheelers and cycles are high followed by light and medium

vehicles. The movement of two and four wheelers are largely found in daytime. The density

of heavy vehicles was comparatively low at all locations.

Out of 4 traffic observations, maximum number of vehicular movement is found in Khanav to

Usar road sampling station. Two and four wheelers were found to be ascendant for most of

the time. Heavy vehicles were also observed to be in high density compared to other

locations. Traffic density at Beloshi to Vave road was found to be the second highest. The

most common vehicles were observed to be 2 and 4 wheelers. The heavy vehicles were

moderate in number during the study period on this location. The traffic data for all remaining

locations was comparatively low as they are small villages with moderate population. The

density of two wheelers was more during the study period at these locations.

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 Introduction

Water of high quality is essential to human life, and water of acceptable quality is essential

for agricultural, industrial, domestic and commercial uses; in addition, most recreation is

water based; therefore, major activities having potential effects on surface water are certain

to be of appreciable concern to the consumers.

The hydrological environment is composed of two interrelated phases; ground water and

surface water. Impacts initiated in one phase eventually affect the other. For example, a

ground water system may charge one surface water system and later be recharged by

another surface water system. The complete assessment of an impact dictates consideration

of both ground water and surface water. Thus, pollution at one point in the system can be

passed throughout, and consideration of only one phase does not characterize the entire

problem.

3.4.2 Precipitation

Theonlysourceofrecharging forsurfacewaterandgroundwaterisfrom precipitation(rainfall). The

Raigad district has a semi-arid climate with average rainfall of 3884 mm. Extreme

temperature; erratic rainfall and high evaporation are the characteristic features of this type

of climate. General climate of the district is sub-tropical and is characterized by three well-

defined seasons, i.e. summer - from March to June, monsoon - from July to October, and

winter - from November to February.The present study area is around 10 km from proposed

plant sites.

3.4.3 Hydrogeology The raigad district is divided into seventeen watersheds. The groundwater occurs in

weathered mantle, fractures and joints in deccan trap.

The depth of wells ranges between 3.50 to 8.50 mt. bgl. The SWL in winter ranges between

1 to 3.50 mt and swl in summer ranges from 4 to 8 mts. Majority of the wells goes dry in

summer season due to poor productive aquifer.



Rev. No. 2

Page 47 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

The yield of the wells tapping in the trap is poor to moderate. Wells are mainly used for

seasonal crops. In the coastal part of the district ground water occur in sandy formation. The

depth of the wells ranges from 3.5 to 7.0 mts. Bgl. The surface water level in winter ranges

between 1.5 to 2.5 mt. and surface water level in summer ranges between 3.5 to 6.5 mt.

3.4.4 Hydrology

3.4.4.1 Surface Water

Rivers in the region have reached their base level of erosion within a distance of 20 km.

They have their knick points along the base of the scarps and have east to west course in

general. Streams have NNW-SSE course corresponding to major fracture I joints. The river

systems are young and owing to heavy rainfall, they exhibit head ward erosion capability,

resulting in river piracy at places. In the lower reaches many of them are tidal in nature.

These streams are swift and bring vast quantities of eroded material and deposit in the

lowest zone that about the shoreline. Besides the general parallel pattern of the rivers, the

tributary pattern tends, at places, to the rectangular suggesting the adaptation of the stream

to the local rock structure. All the rivers are tidal for a considerable extent and can be divided

into two well-marked sections above and below the limit of the tide. The upper courses are

steep and rugged, with torrential waters flowing during the monsoon season.

3.4.4.2 Ground water

Groundwater Survey and Development Agency, Water Supply and Sanitation Department,

Government of Maharashtra has divided the entire geographical area of western side of the

Western Ghats into a number of elementary watersheds for the purpose of periodic

assessment of groundwater resources to control its development and management.

Due to plenty of rainfall, moderate to high drainage density and fractured nature of the

basaltic rocks at many places, the area has a good groundwater potential. The groundwater

table in the western part of the district is comparatively shallow and in spite of the presence

of so many coastal inlets and creeks, the occurrence of saline water intrusion into the fresh

water system is few. Safe drinking water is available at almost all the places.

3.4.5 Methodology

Water samples were collected from 16 locations. Samples were collected as per IS: 3025

(Part 1) methodology. Necessary precautions were taken while collecting, preserving and

transporting. The parameters like pH, temperature and DO were measured at the site while

collecting the sample. For analyzing other parameters the samples were brought to Head

Laboratory situated in Hyderabad. All the rest parameters were analyzed as per "Methods of

Sampling and Test (Physical and Chemical) for water and waste water” IS: 3025 and

„Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater‟ APHA. The results are

then compared with the standards (IS 10500 & IS 2296) as per the quality of water. The list

of parameters and their specified methods are given below Table No. 3.8.

Table No. 3.8 List of Parameters and their method of analysis

No. Parameter Method of Analysis

1 Colour IS: 3025 (Part 04), 1983 – RA: 2012

2 Odour IS: 3025 (Part 05), 1983 – RA: 2012



Rev. No. 2

Page 48 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL


3 pH value IS: 3025 (Part11), 1983 – RA: 2012

4 Temperature IS: 3025 (Part 09), 1984 – RA: 2006

5 Taste IS: 3025 (Part 07), 1984 – RA: 2012

6 Turbidity IS: 3025 (Part 10) : 1987 – RA: 2015

7 Salinity APHA, 22nd Edition, 2012

8 Total Dissolved Solids IS 3025 (Part 16):1984 – RA: 2012

9 Total Suspended Solids IS 3025 (Part 17): 1984- RA: 2012

10 Total Alkalinity IS:3025 (Part 23): 1986 – RA: 2014

11 Total Hardness IS:3025 (Part 21): 2009 – RA: 2014

12 Ca. Hardness IS:3025 (Part 40): 1991 - RA: 2014

13 Mg. Hardness IS:3025 (Part 46): 1991 – RA: 2014

14 Chloride as Cl IS:3025 (Part 32): 1988 – RA: 2014

15 Sulphate as SO4 IS:3025 (Part 24): 1986 – RA: 2014

16 Sodium as Na IS:3025 (Part 45): 1993 – RA 2014

17 Potassium as K IS:3025 (Part 45): 1993 – RA 2014

18 Nitrates as NO3 APHA, 22nd Ed. 2012, 4500 - NO3, B

19 Total Phosphate IS: 3025 (Part 31): 1988 – RA: 2014

20 Phosphorous IS: 3025 (Part 31): 1988 – RA: 2014

21 Iron as Fe IS:3025 (Part 53): 2003 – RA: 2014

22 DO IS 3025 (Part 44): 1993 – RA: 2014

23 COD IS 3025 (Part 58): 2000 – RA: 2012

24 BOD, 3 days @ 27⁰C IS 3025 (Part 44): 1993 – RA: 2014

25 Lead as Pb IS 3025 (Part 47): 1994 – RA 2014

26 Copper as Cu IS: 3025 (Part – 42) : 1992 (RA - 2014)

27 Zinc as Zn IS 3025 (Part 49): 1994 – RA: 2014

28 Manganese as Mn IS: 3025 (Part - 59) : 2006 (RA - 2012)

29 Total Coliforms APHA, 22nd Edition 2012

30 Pesticides APHA, 22nd Edition 2012

31 Total Nitrogen IS: 3025 (Part 34): 1988 – RA: 2014

32 Fluoride APHA, 22nd Edition 2012, 4500 – F-, D

33 Electrical Conductance IS: 3025 (Part 10), 1984 – RA: 2012

34 Phenols IS: 3025 (Part 43), 1992 – RA: 2014

3.4.6 Location Description

The Water quality results were obtained at 16 locations (8 nos. ground water and 8 nos.

surface water) to assess pollution levels. The sampling locations are depicted in Fig. No. 3.9

and the descriptions of sampling locations are discussed below.

Fig. No. 3.9 Location of Ground Water sampling stations at Usar

No. Location Dist.(km) Dir. 1 Usar village (GW-1) 0.3 W

2 Beloshi village (GW-2) 3.0 SE 3 Bherse village (GW-3) 1.3 NE

4 Vave village (GW-4) 2.8 SE 5 Bamangaon village (GW-5) 8.1 NW

6 Chaul village (GW-6) 5.2 SW 7 Nagaon town (GW-7) 8.6 NNW

8 Bherse village (GW-8) 2.8 N



Rev. No. 2

Page 49 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig. No. 3.9 (a) Location of Ground Water sampling stations at Usar

Fig. No. 3.9 Location of Surface Water sampling stations at Usar

No. Location Dist.(km) Dir. 1 Ramraj River (SW-1) 7.5 SE

2 Unte Dharan Dam (SW-2) 8.2 SE 3 Dawale Pond (SW-3) 3.8 WNW

4 Shreegaon Dm (SW-4) 8.6 NE 5 Kundalika River (SW-5) 8.0 SW

6 Bmangaon Pond (SW-6) 4.8 N 7 Beloshi Pond (SW-7) 5.2 E

8 Ghotawade Pond (SW-8) 3.2 SW



Rev. No. 2

Page 50 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig. No. 3.9 (b) Location of Surface Water sampling stations at Usar

3.4.7 Results and Discussions

For assessing the quality of water around the 10 km radius of the proposed plant, 16

samples were collected from the nearby villages. These water samples were analysed as

per prescribed methodologies and subsequently results were obtained. Out of 16 samples,

eight (8) samples were collected from the surface water and the remaining eight (8) samples

were collected from ground water source of the nearby villages.

The results for 16 locations collected during the winter season are given in Tables 3.9&

3.10.



Rev. No. 2

Page 51 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table 3.9 Ground Water Quality Data at Usar

No. Parameters Units Sample Code

Limits as per

IS:10500 - 2012

GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 Acceptable Permissible

1 pH value -- 7.71 7.57 7.42 7.44 7.75 7.45 7.62 7.53 6.5 to 8.5 NR

2 Temperature 0C 27 26 27 26 29 26 27 26 NS NS

3 Conductivity µmhos/cm 434 452 644 417 434 452 644 417 NS NS

4 Total Suspended solids mg/L 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 NS NS

5 Total Dissolve Solids mg/L 279 292 416 269 279 290 416 269 500 2000

6 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 181 124 41 150 181 124 41 150 200 600

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 195 110 115 140 195 110 115 140 200 600

8 Chlorides as Cl mg/L 21 51 107 28 21 51 107 28 250 1000

9 Ca. Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 120 100 95 115 100 130 97 117 75 200

10 Mg. Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 75 10 20 25 75 10 20 25 30 100

11 Sodium as Na mg/L 10 53 95 31 10 53 95 31 NS NS

12 Potassium as K mg/L 1.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 NS NS

13 Sulphates as SO4 mg/L 6.0 29 125 27 7.0 51 120 27 200 400

14 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L 2.4 1.2 1.2 4.3 2.4 1.2 1.2 4.3 45 NR

15 Total Phosphate mg/L 0.06 0.04 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.08 0.06 NS NS

16 Total Phosphorus mg/L 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.02 NS NS

17 Nickel as Ni mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.02 NR

18 Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 0.003 NR

19 Copper as Cu mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 1.5

20 Lead as Pb mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 NR

21 Iron as Fe mg/L <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 0.3 1



Rev. No. 2

Page 52 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table 3.10 Surface Water Quality Data at Usar

22 Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.02 <0.02 0.05 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 <0.02 0.1 0.3

23 Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.05 0.06 0.09 <0.01 0.05 0.06 0.09 <0.01 5 15

24 Chromium as Cr6+

mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 NR

25 Flouride mg/L 0.01 0.20 0.09 0.5 0.06 0.15 0.08 0.32 1.0 1.5

26 T. Coliforms MPN/100

ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

No. Parameters Units Sample Code IS: 2296 – 1982

(Class C) SW -1 SW -2 SW-3 SW -4 SW -5 SW-6 SW -7 SW-8

1 pH value -- 7.30 8.20 7.46 7.50 8.20 7.66 7.50 7.46 6.5-8.5

2 Temperature 0C 27 26 26 26 27 26 27 27 NS

3 Conductivity µmhos/cm 38100 557 684 550 557 680 38150 684 NS

4 Total Suspended solids mg/L 12 14 10 14 14 10 12 10 NS

5 Total Dissolve Solids mg/L 24765 359 430 345 359 410 24800 430 1500

6 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 119 62 86 62 62 86 122 89 NS

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 5640 125 142 125 100 97 5640 140 NS

8 Chlorides as Cl mg/L 13374 90 108 90 90 108 13397 108 600

9 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 1060 65 98 60 65 98 1060 98 NS

10 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 4580 60 44 60 61 44 4595 44 NS

11 Sodium as Na mg/L 6164 70 89 70 70 89 6170 89 NS

12 Potassium as K mg/L 8.0 2.0 5.2 2.0 2.0 5.2 8.0 5.2 NS

13 Sulphates as SO4 mg/L 57 89 89 92 89 89 57 89 400

14 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L 12.4 4.2 11.4 4.2 4.2 11.4 12.4 11.0 50

15 Total Phosphate mg/L 0.08 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.08 0.03 NS

16 Total Phosphorus mg/L 0.03 0.006 0.008 0.006 0.006 0.008 0.03 0.008 NS

17 Nickel as Ni mg/L 0.6 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.6 <0.1 NS

18 Cadmium as Cd mg/L 0.19 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.19 <0.01 0.01

19 Copper as Cu mg/L 0.16 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.16 0.06 NS

20 Lead as Pb mg/L 0.39 0.05 0.08 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.1



Rev. No. 2

Page 53 of 179


AT USAR FOR GAIL

21 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.47 0.09 0.12 0.09 0.09 0.12 0.47 0.12 50

22 Manganese as Mn mg/L 0.08 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.08 0.03 NS

23 Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.66 0.12 0.15 0.12 0.12 0.15 0.66 0.15 15

24 Chromium as Cr6+

mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05

25 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L 360 245 258 245 245 258 360 258 NS

26 BOD (3 days at 270C) mg/L 154 27 31 27 27 31 154 31 3.0

27 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 2.7 3.5 3.7 3.5 3.5 3.7 2.7 3.7 4.0

28 T. Coliforms MPN/100ml 148 109 120 109 109 120 148 120 5000





AT USAR FOR GAIL

pH

pH is measure of hydrogen ion concentration of the water. The pH of water indicates

weather the water is acid or alkaline. The measurement of pH ranges from 1 to 14 with a pH

of 7 indicating a neutral solution, neither acid nor alkaline. Numbers lower than 7 indicate

acidity, numbers higher than 7 indicates alkalinity. Drinking water with a pH of between 6.5

and 8.5 is generally considered satisfactory. Acid water tends to be corrosive to plumbing

and faucets, particularly if the pH is below 6. Alkaline waters are less corrosive. Water with a

pH of above 8.5 may tend to have a bitter or soda like taste. The pH of water may have an

effect on the treatment of the water and also should be considered if the water is used for

field application of pesticides. Water with a pH of 7 to 8.5 will require more chlorine for the

destruction of pathogens than will water that is slightly acidic.

As per IS: 10500 and IS: 2296 standards, the pH value shall be between 7.42 and 7.71. The

pH for all the surface water samples collected in the study area ranges from 7.30 to 8.2.

Temperature

Temperature values for all ground water locations were found in the range of 26 & 29⁰C and

for surface water locations were found to be as 26 & 27⁰C.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

High amounts of TDS are objectionable because of physiological effects, mineral tastes, or

economic effects. TDS is the aggregate of carbonates, bicarbonates, chlorides, sulfates,

phosphates, nitrates, and other salts of calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other

substances. All salts in solution change the physical and chemical nature of water and exert

osmotic pressure. As per IS: 10500 drinking water standards the maximum permissible limit

is 2000 mg/L and for IS: 2296 surface water standards the limit is 1500 mg/L as per Class C

type.

TDS values are ranging from 269 to 416 mg/L for all ground water samples. In case of

surface water samples, the TDS was found to be 345 to 24800 mg/L respectively.

Dissolved Oxygen

Dissolved oxygen is important in natural water because many microorganisms and fish

require it in aquatic system. Dissolved oxygen also establishes an aerobic environment in

which oxidized forms of many constituents in water are predominant. Under anoxic

conditions in water, reduced forms of chemical species are formed and frequently lead to the

release of undesirable odours until desired conditions develop. As per IS: 2296 surface

water standards the limit for Class C type is 4 mg/L.

The DO value for surface water samples was 2.7 to 3.7 mg/L respectively.

Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)

BOD of water is an indirect measure of the amount of biologically degradable organic

material present. It is thus indication of the amount of dissolved oxygen (DO) that will be

depleted from water during the natural biological assimilation of organic pollutants. The

discharge of wastes containing organic material imposes oxygen demand in the natural

water and reduces the DO level. BOD values are expressed as the amount of oxygen





AT USAR FOR GAIL

consumed (mg/L) by organisms during 3 days period at 27oC. As per IS: 2296 surface water

standards the limit for class C type is 3 mg/L.

The BOD values were found to be in the range of 27 to 154 mg/L for all the surface water

samples.

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) also used to represent the organic matter in water and

wastewater. COD value indicates the total amount of utilizable material present and includes

BOD. The chemical oxygen demand (COD) test of natural water yields the oxygen

equivalent of the organic matter that can be oxidized by strong chemical oxidizing agent in

an acidic medium. Potassium permanganate is the oxidizing chemical. Silver sulfate is

added as a catalyst and to minimize the interference of chloride on the COD test. Mercuric

sulfate is also added to inhibit interferences of metals on the oxidation of organic

compounds.

The COD values for all surface water samples were found to be 245 to 360 mg/L

respectively.

Heavy Metals

Heavy metals such as Lead (Pb), Cadmium (Cd) and Chromium (Cr) are found below the

standard.

Toxic compounds

Water containing concentration of heavy metals (mercury, cadmium, copper, silver,

chromium etc.) either individually or combination may be toxic to aquatic organisms and

thus, have a severe impact on the water community. Other toxic substances include

pesticides, ammonia-ammonium compounds, cyanides, sulfides, fluorides and

petrochemical wastes. Severely toxic substances will eliminate algal growth, except the

species that are able to tolerate the observed concentration of the toxicant. Chemicals

released into the environment may affect surface water or ground water systems by direct

discharge of wastes containing toxic compounds or from surface runoff which may come in

contact with toxic material left as residue over the ground surface.

No Toxic compounds observed in all the 16 samples analyzed.

Sulphate (SO4)

Sulphate concentration for all ground water samples were found to be in range of 6 to 125

mg/L, and are observed to be within the permissible limits of 400 mg/L for all locations.

Beyond the permissible limit causes gastro intestinal irritation when magnesium and sodium

are present.

For all surface water samples, Sulphate concentration was found to be 57 to 92 mg/L

respectively.

Nitrate (NO3)

The nitrate concentration was in the range of 1.2 to 4.3 mg/L for all ground water locations,

and are observed to be within the desirable limits of 45 mg/L as per IS:10500. For all surface

water locations, nitrate was found to be 4.2 to 12.4 mg/L respectively.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Total Phosphorous (P)

Phosphorous concentration was in the range of 0.01 to 0.03 mg/L for all ground water

locations and for all surface water samples concentration was found to be 0.006 to 0.03

mg/L respectively.

Total Hardness as CaCO3

Total hardness were found to be in the range of 110 to 195 mg/L for all ground water

locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 600 mg/L for all locations. For all

surface water locations, TH was found to be 97 to 5640 mg/L respectively.

Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

Total Alkalinity were found to be in the range of 41 to 181 mg/L for all ground water locations

which were observed to be within the desirable limit of 200 mg/L as per IS:10500. For all

surface water locations, total alkalinity was found to be 62 to 122 mg/L respectively.

Chlorides (Cl)

Chlorides concentration were found in the range of 21 to 107 mg/L for all ground water

locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 1000 mg/L as per IS: 10500. For all

surface water locations, chloride concentration was found to be 90 to 13397 mg/L

respectively.

Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

TSS concentration was found to be in the range of 4 mg/L for all ground water locations and

for all surface water locations, the TSS was found to be 10 to 14 mg/L respectively.

Sodium (Na)

Sodium concentrations were found to be in the range of 10 to 95 mg/L for all ground water

locations and for all surface water locations, the sodium concentrations were found to be 70

to 6170 mg/L respectively.

Potassium (K)

Potassium concentrations were found to be in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 mg/L for all ground

water locations and for all surface water locations, the concentration was found to be 2.0 to

8.0 mg/L respectively.

3.4.8 Summary

3.4.8.1 Ground water

Ground water samples are compared with the prescribed limits of IS: 10500. All ground

water samples are collected in the 10 km radius of proposed plants. All the specified results

of ground water samples were found within the limits.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.4.8.2 Surface water

Surface water samples collected within 10 km radius of proposed plants. The result of this

water samples was compared with IS: 2296 class C norms.

3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 Introduction

The soil that mantles the land surface is the sole means of support for virtually all terrestrial

life. As this layer is depleted by improper use, so is the buffer between nourishment and

starvation destroyed. However, the ability of soil to support life varies from place to place

according to the nature of the local climate, the surface configuration of the land, the kind of

bedrock, and even the type of vegetation cover. At the same time, the vulnerability of soil to

destruction through mismanagement will vary as these factors change. Studies on land and

biological aspects of ecosystem is important for Environmental Assessment to identify

sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining „ecological homeostasis‟ in the

early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to define the

present environment in which the GIDC is located, to evaluate all the possible eventualities

and to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized.

The present study was undertaken as a part of baseline data generation to understand the

present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with the past

condition with the help of available data, to predict changes as a result of present activities

and to suggest measures for maintaining the condition.

Thus the objective of ecological study may be outlined as follows

To characterize the environmental components like Soil.

To understand their present status

To assess present bio-diversity and

To identity susceptible and sensitive areas.

3.5.2 Methodology

Soil Sampling was carried out at four sites to understand the soil quality. Meticulous

attention was paid to collect adequate amount of composite soil samples for analysis. After

removing the surface vegetation cover, visible roots, plant litter, gravel, plastic materials and

other foreign materials. Samples were collected by using Agar at a depth of 50, 150 and 300

cm and mixed thoroughly and analyzed as a single unit sample. The samples were packed

in dependable, waterproof zip lock pouch bag and was marked specifically, accurately and

distinctly and brought to the laboratory for testing. This will establish the baseline

characteristics and facilitate to identify contamination if any. Samples were analyzed for

Texture, Specific gravity, Bulk density, Porosity, Organic matter, SAR, Conductivity, pH,

Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium. The method of analysis for various parameters is

listed in the Table 3.11.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table 3.11List of Parameters and method of analysis


1 Type of soil IS: 2720, Part - 4

2 pH value IS: 2720, Part – 26: 1987 (RA: 2011)

3 Bulk Density ISO/ DIS 11272

4 Porosity ISO/ DIS 11274

5 Soil Texture (Sand %, Clay % and Silt %) PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-003

6 Organic Matter IS: 2720, Part – 22: 1972 (RA: 2015)

7 SAR By calculation

8 Specific Gravity IS: 2720, Part – 3: 1980 (RA: 2011)

9 Conductance IS: 14767 – 2000, RA: 2016

10 Nitrogen as N PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-N-029

11 Phosphorous as P2O5 PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-005

12 Potassium as K2O PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-006

3.5.3 Description of Locations

The soil samples were collected at 4 locations to assess pollution level of nearest locations

of desalination plant sites. The soil sampling locations are depicted in Fig. No. 3.10and the

descriptions of sampling locations are discussed below.

No. Location Dist. (km) Dir. Latitude Longitude

1 Usar village (S-1) 0.3 W 18°36'08.25"N 72°57'33.29"E

2 Vave village (S-2) 2.8 SE 18°34'45.63"N 72°58'20.80"E

3 Bherse village (S-3) 1.6 NE 18°36'58.01"N 72°57'56.23"E

4 Ghotwade village (S-4) 0.7 S 18°35'45.36"N 72°57'49.82"E





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig. No. 3.10 Soil sampling locations around Petroleum plant at Usar

Usar village (S-1)

It is located at 0.3 km away from the GAIL plant towards West direction. The village has

moderate population. The colour of soil was brown in colour. The sample was collected from

the barren land which was 0.2 km away from the village towards north-east direction.

Vave village (S -2)

It is located at 2.8 km away from the GAIL plant towards SE direction. The soil of this village

was fertile. The appearance of soil was black in colour. The soil sample was collected from

barren land which was 0.3 km from the village towards west direction.

Bherse village (S-3)

It is located at 1.6 km away from desalination plant towards NE direction. The appearance of

soil in this village was red in colour. The sampling location was 0.16 km away from the

village towards NE direction and sample was collected from the barren land.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Ghotwade village (S -4)

It is located at 0.7 km away from GAIL plant towards South direction. The sampling location

was 0.2 km from the village towards north-east direction. The appearance of soil in this

village was dark grey in colour. The sample was collected from the fallow land.

3.5.4 Results & Discussions

For assessing the quality of soil around the 10 km radius of the proposed plant, 4 samples

were collected from the nearby villages. These soil samples were analysed as per

prescribed methodologies and subsequently results were obtained.

The results for 4 locations collected during the winter season are given in Table 3.12.

Table 3.12 Soil Quality Results at Usar

No. Parameters Units S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4

1 Conductance µmhos/cm 51.3 460 98.1 103

2 pH value -- 6.25 6.77 6.45 6.64

3 Type of Soil -- Clay loam Clay loam Loam Loam

4 Texture

Sand Content % 32.5 31 46.5 42.5

Clay Content % 38.5 37.5 25 24

Silt Content % 29 31.5 28.5 33.5

5 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.24 1.21 1.36 1.33

6 Porosity % 0.55 0.56 0.5 0.51

7 Nitrogen as N Kg/hec 112 134 78 56

8 Phosphorus as P2O5 Kg/hec 21 23 7.21 7.18

9 Potassium as K2O Kg/hec 364 355 175 193

10 Specific Gravity -- 2.77 2.73 2.7 2.69

11 Organic matter % 0.07 0.29 0.22 0.14

S – 1 Usar village

S – 2 Vave village

S – 3 Bherese Village

S - 4 Ghotwade Village

pH

Hydrogen ion activity is expressed in terms of pH. Environments containing more of the OH-

ion than H+ ion exhibit a higher pH and are considered as alkaline. Low pH environments,

termed as acidic, contain more H+ ions than OH- ions. Generally, for a pH in between 6.5 to

7.5 the environment is considered as neutral. Higher pH and lower pH would be considered

as corrosive in environment.

Rating Light Soils

Acidic < 6.0

Normal 6.0-7.5

Weakly Alkaline 7.6-8.0

Tending to become Alkali 8.1-8.5

Alkaline > 8.5





AT USAR FOR GAIL

The pH values obtained for all the locations were in the range of 6.25 to 6.77.

Soil Texture The proportion of sand, silt and clay particles in a soil is an important property of soils since

many of the physical characteristics of soil are determined by soil texture. Soil particle size

directly involves in deciding soil texture, porosity and infiltration capacity. Soil texture also

affects the water permeability or percolation rate of a soil. Percolation is the downward

movement of free water and is often referred to in the laboratory as the saturated hydraulic

conductivity rate. With faster rate soil becomes coarser and with slower rate the soil

becomes finer.

Soil separate fraction name Size

Coarse Sand 1.0 to 0.5 mm;

Medium sand 0.5 to 0.25 mm;

Fine sand 0.25 to 0.10 mm;

Very fine sand 0.10 to 0.05 mm;

Silt 0.05 to 0.002 mm;

Clay <0.002 mm.

Fig 3.11 Soil texture diagram of the study area

Based on particle sizes of the samples collected from the site, they are mostly falling in Clay

loam and loamy category. Sand percent was varying from 31 to 46.5%, Silt percent was in

the range of 28.5 to 33.5% and Clay was varying in range of 24 to 38.5%.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Bulk Density

Bulk density is defined as the mass of a unit volume of soil. Unlike the particle density, which

is a characteristic of solid particle only, bulk density is determined by the volume of pore

spaces as well as soil solids. Infiltration rate in soil depend on the bulk density. Thus, soils

with high proportion of pore space to solids have lower bulk densities than those that are

more compact and have less pore space. Fine textured soil surface such as silt loams, clays,

and clay loams generally have lower bulk densities than sandy soils.

The bulk density of all four samples was in the range from 1.21 to 1. %.

Organic Matter (OM)

The concentration of OM in soils generally ranges from 0.07% to 0.29% of the

total topsoil mass for most upland soils. Soils whose upper horizons consist of less than

0.07% organic matter are mostly limited to desert areas, while the OM content of soils in low-

lying, wet areas can be as high as 90%.

The organic carbon in soil of all locations will be obtained in the range from 0.07 to 0.29 %.

Electrical Conductivity (EC)

Soil resistivity, the reciprocal of conductivity, has been used for years as an indicator of the

corrosivity of soil. The lower the resistivity, the easier current will flow through the soil. Of the

measurable soil characteristics, resistivity is generally accepted as the primary indicator of

soil corrosivity.

The electrical conductivity of the electrolyte is an important parameter in the rate of

corrosion, the higher the conductivity the greater the rate of corrosion. Conductivity is a

function of temperature, moisture and ionic content, since the corrosion current flows

through the electrolyte by ionic conduction. Salt increase the electric conductivity of the ware

and would therefore increases corrosion. The conductivity level also indicates low dissolved

salts which is positive effect on corrosion.

The electrical conductivity for all locations varies from 51.3 to 460 µmhos/cm.

Nitrogen (N)

Nitrogen occurs in soils as organic and inorganic forms and soil testing may be performed to

measure levels of either. Nitrate nitrogen (NO3-N) is most commonly measured in standard

soil tests because it is the primary form of nitrogen available to trees and, therefore, an

indicator of nitrogen soil fertility. However, soil concentrations of NO3-N depend upon the

biological activity and may fluctuate with changes in soil temperature, soil moisture, and

other conditions. Nitrate is also easily leached with rainfall or irrigation so current soil tests

may not reflect future levels of nitrogen soil fertility.

Available N (Kg/hec.) Ranges

0.0 – 50 Very less

51 – 100 Less

101 – 151 Good

151 – 300 Better

>300 Sufficient

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Topsoil

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Desert





AT USAR FOR GAIL

The nitrogen values obtained from all soil sample locations varies from 56 to 134 Kg/hec.

The nitrogen content present in the soil samples are mostly less and some are good.

Phosphorous (P2O5)

Phosphorous test are performed in soil to determine the concentrations of phosphorus in

soil. Soils with inherent pH values between 6 and 7.5 are ideal for Phosphorous availability,

while pH values below 5.5 and between 7.5 and 8.5 limits Phosphorous availability to plants

due to fixation by aluminum, iron, or calcium, often associated with soil parent materials.

Available P2O5 (Kg/hec.) Ranges

0 – 20 Low

20 – 50 Medium

50 - 80 High

The phosphorous values obtained from all the locations are varying in the range of 7.18 to

23 Kg/hec. The soil samples are low to medium in range of phosphorous.

Potassium (K2O)

Potassium undergoes exchange reactions with other cations in the soil such as calcium,

magnesium, sodium, and hydrogen and this affects the plant available potassium. Therefore,

an ammonium acetate extraction method is the most common method to model these soil

reactions and analyze for potassium fertility.

The potassium values obtained for all locations vary from 175 to 364 Kg/hec. The potassium

ranges in soil samples are low to high.

3.5.4 Landuse Pattern:

The landuse pattern of the study area has also been assessed using satellite data. The

Resources at-2 LISS-IV, Path 096, Row 062, sub- scene-A, dated 15.12.2014, digital

satellite was procured from Maharashtra Remote Sensing Applications Centre (MRSAC),

NAGPURfor assessing the landuse pattern of the study area. The landuse patternis

summarized in Table-3.13and landuse Map is given in Figure-3.12.All GIS thematic maps

are attached as Annexure-III.

Table-3.13: Summary of Landuse Pattern Statistics for Usar

S. No. Category Area(in hectare) 1 Built-up Area 1070.43 2 Agriculture Land 20738.28 3 Forest 27751.54 4 Wastelands 7832.63 5 Wetlands 1385.67 6 Water bodies 1816.67

Total 60595.47

Note: Above statistics generated for 10 km buffer area around each site

Available K2O (Kg/hec.) Ranges

0 – 150 Low

150– 300 Medium

>300 High





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Figure- 3.12 Landuse Map of USAR

3.6 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.6.1 Introduction

Baseline data for demographic characteristics, education, health, amenities for locations existing around the project area have been examined to assess the socio-economic status for the proposed project.

As per the given scope, the following datas have been collected for the study area spanning 10 kms radial distance from the proposed project site. :

a. Demographic profile (Population, human settlements, male/female ratio,

literacy, occupational pattern b. Infrastructure resource base - medical, education, water resource, power

supply etc. c. Economic resource - agriculture, industry, forest etc. d. Cultural and Aesthetic attributes.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.6.2 Socio-economic Structure The demographic profile relating to village/town wise population, households, occupation and literacy status, has been based on Census, 2011, while the infrastructure and economic resource base data is as per Census 2001.

3.6.2.1 Population and households

A 'household' is usually a group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen unless the exigencies of work prevent any of them from doing so.. Population breakup within 10 km radius of the plant as per 2011 census is 31868 male and 31358 female which makes up a Total population about 63226 respectively, with 02.28 % of SC and 15.03 % of ST Population. The summarized population data is given in Table 3.14.

Table 3.14Population Composition

Name No. HH Population <7 age Population SC Population ST Population

T M F T M F T M F T M F Sudkoli 266 955 484 471 82 46 36 0 0 0 102 45 57

Umate 238 1017 527 490 122 62 60 75 41 34 422 224 198

Talavali 138 501 238 263 32 15 17 3 1 2 34 14 20

Mahan 217 1090 529 561 141 72 69 13 8 5 673 320 353

Malade 126 500 233 267 27 14 13 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bhonang 201 802 395 407 74 36 38 0 0 0 0 0 0

Moronde 148 668 327 341 80 40 40 0 0 0 390 186 204

Ramraj 379 1636 823 813 183 98 85 219 105 114 669 347 322

Tajpur 170 851 414 437 96 48 48 0 0 0 127 68 59

Bhilji 135 592 286 306 60 31 29 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bapale 173 760 381 379 64 39 25 1 1 0 7 3 4

Chinchoti 285 1060 509 551 93 51 42 1 1 0 1 0 1

Choul 2412 9894 4913 4981 716 358 358 77 41 36 1595 823 772

Deoghar 202 893 461 432 102 52 50 0 0 0 6 4 2

Vave 287 1157 592 565 120 62 58 20 10 10 8 1 7

Mahajane 214 892 459 433 86 49 37 72 39 33 273 127 146

Beloshi 334 1413 723 690 142 85 57 20 9 11 477 241 236

Ghotawade 130 515 259 256 48 21 27 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bagmala 168 634 309 325 47 24 23 0 0 0 13 7 6

Usar 156 639 345 294 56 37 19 3 2 1 15 7 8

Kune 141 568 285 283 48 28 20 0 0 0 55 31 24 Khanav 381 1638 806 832 200 96 104 13 5 8 17 6 11

Dawale 18 73 38 35 7 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0

Nagaon 1269 4977 2501 2476 337 186 151 122 66 56 18 9 9

Kurdus 434 1676 827 849 138 73 65 50 23 27 216 105 111

Kolghar 178 733 376 357 110 64 46 4 3 1 478 247 231

Sahan 112 505 254 251 50 25 25 23 11 12 106 53 53

Akshi 685 2974 1537 1437 225 108 117 9 3 6 1071 553 518

Kurul 1233 4869 2535 2334 564 298 266 368 178 190 164 84 80

Belkade 174 777 403 374 60 36 24 15 7 8 0 0 0

Dhawar 119 556 275 281 62 28 34 0 0 0 45 25 20

Sagargad 97 364 194 170 59 31 28 0 0 0 325 170 155

Veshvi 589 2376 1200 1176 228 117 111 64 36 28 37 21 16

Varasoli 1498 6065 3068 2997 540 271 269 122 62 60 1447 725 722

Dehenkoni 99 438 220 218 42 22 20 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sogaon 405 1863 925 938 203 100 103 79 40 39 122 59 63

Nehuli 201 823 413 410 98 51 47 4 3 1 4 1 3





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Name No. HH Population <7 age Population SC Population ST Population

T M F T M F T M F T M F

Bamanoli 233 923 499 424 88 51 37 23 16 7 0 0 0

Karle 220 964 484 480 86 43 43 36 15 21 15 8 7

Vagholi 191 844 446 398 57 37 20 1 1 0 7 1 6

Kopar 186 805 425 380 79 46 33 0 0 0 31 19 12

Chari 225 928 434 494 88 37 51 9 4 5 0 0 0

Walawali 257 1018 516 502 96 51 45 0 0 0 539 272 267

*As per 2011 census 3.6.2.2 Occupational Structure

Total nos. of workers is 29276. The summary of the occupational structure in the study area is given in the Table 3.15.

Table 3.15: Occupational Structure

Name Total Worker Total Worker (Male) Total Worker (Female) Sudkoli 452 296 156

Umate 513 316 197

Talavali 285 149 136

Mahan 628 341 287

Malade 320 156 164

Bhonang 480 245 235

Moronde 194 166 28

Ramraj 754 500 254

Tajpur 441 228 213

Bhilji 370 186 184

Bapale 357 257 100

Chinchoti 570 297 273

Choul 4555 2930 1625

Deoghar 550 312 238

Vave 549 346 203

Mahajane 527 303 224

Beloshi 594 431 163

Ghotawade 243 125 118

Bagmala 359 207 152

Usar 301 197 104

Kune 388 188 200 Khanav 837 479 358

Dawale 22 21 1

Nagaon 2056 1504 552

Kurdus 816 473 343

Kolghar 390 219 171

Sahan 220 149 71

Akshi 1234 941 293

Kurul 1841 1463 378

Belkade 372 242 130

Dhawar 332 170 162

Sagargad 235 122 113

Veshvi 893 709 184

Varasoli 2530 1765 765

Dehenkoni 187 115 72

Sogaon 623 496 127

Nehuli 381 245 136

Bamanoli 434 308 126





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Name Total Worker Total Worker (Male) Total Worker (Female)

Karle 581 308 273

Vagholi 401 262 139

Kopar 273 191 82

Chari 546 281 265

Walawali 642 347 295

*As per 2011 census

3.6.2.3 Literacy

A person aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding any language has been taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. The number and the percentage of literates within the study area is as mentioned in Table 3.16, which is 76.66 % for the total study area as the total literate population is 48472 among the total population of 63226.

Table 3.16 Literacy Levels

Name Literates Illiterates

Total Male Female Total Male Female Sudkoli 609 346 263 346 138 208

Umate 685 389 296 332 138 194

Talavali 335 190 145 166 48 118

Mahan 524 299 225 566 230 336

Malade 394 199 195 106 34 72

Bhonang 593 337 256 209 58 151

Moronde 429 223 206 239 104 135

Ramraj 1012 553 459 624 270 354

Tajpur 653 348 305 198 66 132

Bhilji 447 238 209 145 48 97

Bapale 580 314 266 180 67 113

Chinchoti 767 416 351 293 93 200

Choul 8120 4262 3858 1774 651 1123

Deoghar 687 382 305 206 79 127

Vave 888 504 384 269 88 181

Mahajane 573 321 252 319 138 181

Beloshi 1031 572 459 382 151 231

Ghotawade 390 224 166 125 35 90

Bagmala 510 268 242 124 41 83

Usar 489 287 202 150 58 92

Kune 424 226 198 144 59 85 Khanav 1167 644 523 471 162 309

Dawale 64 34 30 9 4 5

Nagaon 4310 2222 2088 667 279 388

Kurdus 1226 664 562 450 163 287

Kolghar 407 247 160 326 129 197

Sahan 366 197 169 139 57 82

sAkshi 2472 1338 1134 502 199 303

Kurul 3856 2075 1781 1013 460 553

Belkade 672 359 313 105 44 61

Dhawar 440 233 207 116 42 74

Sagargad 136 84 52 228 110 118

Veshvi 1849 999 850 527 201 326

Varasoli 4803 2592 2211 1262 476 786





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Name Literates Illiterates

Total Male Female Total Male Female

Dehenkoni 342 183 159 96 37 59

Sogaon 1411 738 673 452 187 265

Nehuli 617 331 286 206 82 124

Bamanoli 721 413 308 202 86 116

Karle 772 415 357 192 69 123

Vagholi 687 382 305 157 64 93

Kopar 607 338 269 198 87 111

Chari 759 383 376 169 51 118

Walawali 648 368 280 370 148 222

*As per 2011 census

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Biological Environment surrounding the project site where studied during December, 2017-February, 2018.The following subsections describe the baseline data collection with respect to biological environment.

3.7.1 RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY

Prior to undertaking the detailed surveys in the study area, the preliminary assessment of the terrestrial and wetland/shore habitats was made on the basis of visual observations during the reconnaissance survey.

For the reconnaissance, the entire study area was divided into 8 different segments. Visual observations were made in each of the segments. The key features of the visual assessment included:

(i) Location and grid referencing of areas to be extensively studied. (ii) Nature of the area where the development is proposed. (iii) Ecological characteristics of natural community both in terrestrial and shore

zones. (iv) Slope, aspects, drainage and other habitat quality parameters. (v) Transient and resident populations of birds and mammals in different seasons of

the year. (vi) gross impacts/community perturbations. (vii) existing resource uses associated with the area (mining, fisheries, tourism

cultivation forestry practices etc.).

The details of areas visited during the reconnaissance survey and their significance as wildlife habitats is provided in Table 3.17.

Table 3.17: Areas of ecological importance identified during the reconnaissance

Segment

Areas of ecological importance

Approximate distance

from the Project site (km)

Habitat significance

I

Karle khind RF Tinveera checkdam Borpada-Garudpada RF Rule-Sagaon RF Sagargadh RF

9.6 9.0

10.0 8.0 6.0

* * * *

II

Amba river

10.0





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Segment

Areas of ecological

importance

Approximate distance

from the Project site (km)

Habitat significance

Bherse RF 1.9 *

III

Bidwagle RF

7.5

IV

Umte reservoir Bapale PF Vave PF Chinchoti PF Ramraj RF

8.5 5.7 3.6 2.3 7.5

*

V

Ambepur PF

2.7

VI

Kundalika river Bagmala PF Revadanda coast Palepada tidal back water

7.0 3.0 5.0

* *

VII

Nagaon PF

4.5

VIII

Belkade PF & RF Dhavar PF & RF Akshi creek Alibag coast

7.1 5.9 8.0

10.0

* *

RF- Reserved Forest, PF- Protected Forest (* The significance was determined based on reports and records of occurrence of faunal groups.)

One of the primary objectives of the reconnaissance was to evolve a means to determine the boundaries of the study area.

3.7.1.1 De-lineation of the Study Area

In line with the criteria evolved by Turnbull (1992), the study area was evaluated based on the following criteria. 1. Distinctive and unusual land forms. 2. Unusual habitat with a rarity value. 3. Unusual high diversity of biological communities due to a variety of

geomorphological features etc. 4. Provision of a habitat for a rare or endangered species. 5. Large area providing a habitat for species that require such extensive areas. 6. Area location in combination with natural features providing a resource in scientific

research or education terms. On the basis of information generated during visual assessment and the evaluation of environmental values of the project area based on the criteria described above, it was possible to gain sufficient justifications to set the limit of the present study within the 10 km radial distance from the project site. Moreover, the area beyond this distance mostly represented human habitation area and agricultural fields with paddy as the main crop.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.7.1.2 Detailed Field Studies

For recording the detailed information on the ecological/biological parameters within the study area, the area within the 10 km radial distance was further categorised into the following three zones. Core zone: This included the area between the project site and the radial distance of 2.5 km. The core zone represents the hub of the major activities and is therefore likely to receive the maximum impacts of the project related activities. Most of the changes in the landscape are also expected to occur in this zone. Middle zone: This included the area beyond 2.5 km but well within 5 km of the radial distance from project site. This zone is likely to receive perturbations of secondary nature.

Outer zone: This included the area beyond 5 km but well within 10 km of the radial distance from the project site. This zone represents the area outside the impacts of project related disturbance. The objective of inclusion of this area in the study has been to ascertain the spatial limits of project related impacts. Selected areas (Table 3.18) within each of these zones were intensively surveyed to evaluate the existing status of terrestrial wildlife habitats in different patches of Reserved and Protected Forests and the aquatic habitats comprising of maritime zones, coasts, mangroves, creeks, rivers, reservoirs, ponds and lake. The parameters that were considered for the evaluation of the status of wildlife habitats in terrestrial habitats and wildlife species include: habitat and sub habitat types, structure and quality of habitat types, habitat size, floral and faunal species richness and rarity.

Table 3.18: Terrestrial and aquatic habitats identified within the different zones of the study area.

Zones

Forest Habitats

Aquatic Habitats

Core zone

Bherse RF

----

Middle Zone

Vavande PF Nagaon PF

Mangroves in tidal back waters

Outer Zone

Karle Khind RF Sagaon RF Kusumbale RF Bidwagle PF & RF Ramraj RF

Tinveera reservoir Umte reservoir Amba river Kundalika river Korlai coast Revadanda coast Nagaon coast Alibag coast Akshi creek Village pond (Alibag)





AT USAR FOR GAIL

For wetland, notes on features of the water channel, bank zone habitats, adjacent land use, details of floral and faunal communities and substrate quality were made.

Standard methodologies outlined (Hays et al., 1981) were generally adopted for the evaluation of the habitat parameters to evolve site specific methodologies for the assessment of habitat and wildlife status within the specific zones of the study area.

3.7.1.3 Detailed Field Study

The study area is located in Alibag Taluka of District Raigad, Maharashtra. Substantial areas under Alibag Forest Division and Roha Sub Division fall in the study area. The topography of the area within 10 km radius of the proposed project site is mostly hilly, rugged and in some places highly precipitous with general slope towards west. The chief hill range in the study area is the Western Ghats running north-south and occupying a major proportion of the area. This range forms the eastern boundary for the Kolaba Forest Division and the proposed project site at Usar. Another rugged belt of hills run along west. In between these two hill ranges, there is an intricate network of numerous and irregular minor hill ranges with spurs and shoot stretches of the Western Ghats in the east. The elevation of these hills range between 40 and 400 m above MSL. All the hill ranges are extensively cut by numerous rivulets and rivers forming many irregular ravines and valleys (Damle, 1973).

The climate of the study area is typical of that on the west coast of India with plentiful and regular rainfall during monsoon, oppressive weather in the hot months and high humidity throughout the area. The average rainfall at Alibag is 2492 mm of which 95% is received from south west monsoon. The mean annual maximum and minimum temperatures at Alibag are 30.30C and 22.70C respectively (Damle, 1973). The forests in the study area are now confined to steep hills, higher hill slopes and spurs of hills and are much scattered and isolated due to intervening occupied lands. The lower slopes, flatter tops and terraces of these hills are invariably cultivated `Malki lands' and `Inam forests'. With the tracts being very hilly and rugged, all available lands fit or unfit for cultivation are under permanent or intermittent cultivation (Damle, 1973). The vegetation of the study area is represented by the following major forest types: (1) South Indian Moist Deciduous Forests, (2) Southern Tropical Semi-Evergreen Forests, and (3) Tropical Riparian Fringing Forests (Champion and Seth, 1968). The subtypes of these forests that have been reported to occur in the tracts of the study area are detailed in Table 3.19.

Table 3.19: Forest types represented in the study area

S. No.

Sub Group

Type/Sub Type

Name

1

3B

South Indian moist deciduous forests

(a) 3B/C1a Very moist teak forest

(b) 3B/C1b

Moist teak forest

(c) 3B/C2

Southern moist mixed deciduous forest

2

2A

Southern tropical semi evergreen forest

(d) 2A/C2

West coast semi-evergreen forest

3

4E

Tropical riparian fringing forest

(e) 4E/RS1

Riparian fringing forest

4

4B

(f) 4B/TR1

Tidal swamp forest & mangrove scrub

Source: Damle (1973).





AT USAR FOR GAIL

The South Indian moist deciduous forest This forest type with very moist and moist teak forest sub types occur in Alibag Forest Division and are mostly confined to lower slopes of hills and occasionally extend up to 400 to 450 m depending upon the favourable conditions. Apart from Tectona grandis, this type is characterised by Terminalia alata, T.bellerica, T.paniculata, Gaurga pinnata, Bombax ceiba, Anogeissus latifolia, Albizzia lebbek, Grewia spp., Butea monosperma, Ixora parviflora, Wrightia spp., Bridelia spp., etc. Tree density varies from 0.5 to 0.8/ha. depending upon the biotic influences. The southern moist mixed deciduous forest type is similar to the above types with the exception that the teak is present occasionally (Damle, 1973).

TheSouthern Tropical Semi Evergreen Forest This forest type is represented by the West Coast Semi Evergreen Forest type and are found in Alibag Forest Division and Roha Sub Division. Floristics of this type is represented by Syzygium cumuni, Mangifera indica, Terminaliaalata, T.paniculata, Diospyros melanoxylon, Ficus glomerata, Mallotus philippinensis etc. Tropical Riparian Fringing Forests

This forest type is confined to main river and stream banks and forms narrow strips along Amba and Kundalika rivers. This type is characterised by species such as Ficus glomerata, Syzygium cumini, Pongamia pinnata and Mangifera indica. Tree density ranges from 0.4 to 0.8/ha. depending upon the biotic pressures (Damle, 1973). The study area falls in the west coast of India and on account of this, the landscape has been endowed with the beautiful coast line. Rivers, creeks and networks of numerous river lets and streams drain the area.

3.7.1.4The Status of Terrestrial Wildlife Habitats

The Table 3.20 in the preceding section provides the details of the forest types that fall in the different zones of the study area. Based on the ecological evaluation of the study area that was made using the criteria discussed earlier, the areas of ecological importance in the three different zones were identified for detailed evaluation (Table 3.20).

RFs in the Karla, Sagargad, Bidwagle and Working Circles of Alibag Forest Division and PFs in Belkade, Dhavar, Garudpada, Vave, Bapale, Chaul, Chinchoti and Bagmala areas (Fig. 4.10) also in Alibag Forest Division were surveyed during the course of the study. 58 species of plants were recorded from these localities. A brief description of the forest types in the different zones of the study area is given below. The PF and RF of Bherse village and the forested area of Kune village fall in the core zone of the study area. In the PF of Bherse village, the Forest Department raised a plantation of Tectona grandis, whereas in the RF a small area (572 ha) of good natural forest still exists. The floral species recorded in this area were Bombax ceiba, Tectona grandis, Mangifera indica, Butea monosperma, Boswelia serrata, Anogeissus latifolia, etc. The shrub cover was dominated by Lantana camara and Carissa congesta. The dominant herb species in this area is Cassia tora. The forest area of Kune village is in a highly degraded form. The RF of Kune village has sparsely grown bushes of Lantana camara, Carissa congesta and Bridelia retusa. Whereas the PF region was under Tectona grandis plantation.



AT USAR FOR GAIL


Rev. No. 2

Page 73 of 179

The forest areas of Vave, Ambepur, Bapale, Chinchoti, Bagmala and Chaul fall in the middle zone. These areas have been mainly used by the Forest Department to raise plantations. The two dominant tree species that are raised in these plantations are Acacia auriculiformis and Tectona grandis. The overall ground cover in all these areas is in highly degraded form. The PF and RF areas of Belkade of the outer zone were generally in degraded form as a result of high biotic disturbances. At present, the State Forest Department has planted Acacia auriculiformis in this area. Other naturally occurring species were Mangifera indica, Phoenix sylvestris and Tectona grandis. The shrub layer comprised mainly of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta. The overall ground cover was fairly low. The PFs near Dhavar and Umte villages also located in the outer zone are fairly well stocked and relatively free from biotic pressures. These are generally confined to hillocks. Acacia auriculiformis was the major species. The RF comprised of thickets of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta.

Table 3.20: Areas of Ecological Significance in the Study Area

Habitat Category

Core zone

Middle zone

Outer zone Forests

Bherse RF Kune PF and RF

Ambepur PF Chinchoti PF Vave PF

Belkade PF Dhavar PF Karle Khind RF Umte RF

Coast

Alibag Revadanda Naogaon Korlai

Creeks

-

Palepada Mangrove

Akshi Creek Alibag Nagaon Palav creek Revadanda Mangrove

Rivers

-

Amba River Kundalika River

Reservoir Checkdams Lakes/pond

-

Umte reservoir Tinveera checkdam Alibag

The RF area of Karle Khind (1461 ha), represent the moist mixed deciduous forest type with dominant tree species such as Bombax ceiba, Tectona grandis, Terminalia alataand Ficus benghalensis. The shrub species recorded from this area were Carissa congesta, Lantana camera, Zizyphus mauritiana and Ixora parviflora.

Fauna of the Terrestrial Habitats

The RF‟s and PF‟s form the only terrestrial habitats in the study area. Nine species of mammalian fauna (Table 3.21) have been reported (secondary sources) from the study area.

Table 3.21: List of mammals reported to occur in the study area

S.

No.

Common Name

Scientific Name

IWPA 1972 Schedule

1. Striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena Schedule III





AT USAR FOR GAIL

2. Jackal Canis aureus Schedule II

3. Wild pig Sus scrofa Schedule III

4. Barking deer Muntiacus muntjak Schedule III

5. Bonnet macaque Macaca radiata Schedule II

6. Common langur Presbytis antellus Schedule II

7. Indian porcupine Hystrix indica Schedule IV

8. Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi Schedule II

Species such as Striped Hyaena, Wild Pig, Jackal, Bonnet macaque and common langur were reported (secondary sources) from RFs of Bherse, Sagargadh and Karle Khind. However during the detailed survey of the study area in the different seasons, the occurrence of all these mammalian species could not be confirmed. Their probable low densities could be responsible for no record of sightings of these animals in the study area. The species that were sighted during the survey included mongoose, macaques and common langur. In addition to the mammalian species, three species of snakes were recorded during the field surveys. These include the common Rat Snake (Ptyus mucosus), Common Cobra (Naja naja) and Checkered Keel Back (Xenochorphis piscator). The entire study has fairly degraded forests due to heavy biotic pressures on account of cattle grazing, poaching and encroachment for cultivation. The forests in their present degraded status cannot support large number of prey base. A low density of large mammalian species in these forests is therefore understandable. The only faunal group that was better represented in the study area was the avifauna. The terrestrial habitats in the RF and PF patches in the core zone of the study area even in their degraded form support few bird species. Table 3.22 provides the list of bird species recorded in these habitats.

Table 3.22: Bird species recorded in the Reserved and Protected Forests within the study

area.

Sr. No.

Common Name

Scientific Name

IWPA 1972 Schedule

1

Grey partridge

Francolinus pondicerianus

Schedule IV

2

Quail

Coturnix sp.

Schedule IV

3

Grey jungle fowl

Gallus sonneratii

Schedule IV

4

Blue rock pigeon

Columba livia

Schedule IV

5

Spotted dove

Streptopelia chinensis

Schedule IV

6

Little brown dove

Streptopelia senegalensis

Schedule IV

7

Rose ringed parakeet

Psittacula krameri

Schedule IV

8

Alexandrine parakeet

Psittacula eupatria

Schedule IV

9

Cuckoo

Cuculus canorus

Schedule IV





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Sr. No.

Common Name

Scientific Name

IWPA 1972 Schedule

10

Koel

Eudynamys scolopacea

Schedule IV

11

Common hawk cuckoo

Cuculus varius

Schedule IV

12

Crow pheasant

Centropus sinensis

Schedule IV

13

House swift

Apus affinis

-

14

Green bee-eater

Merops orientalis

Schedule IV

15

Indian roller

Coracius benghalensis

Schedule IV

16

White breasted kingfisher

Halcyon smyrnensis

Schedule IV

17

Small blue kingfisher

Alcedo atthis

Schedule IV

18

Hoopoe

Upupa epops

-

19

Large green barbet

Megalaima zeylanica

Schedule IV

20

Lesser Golden backed woodpecker

Dinopium benghalense

Schedule IV

21

Golden oriole

Oriolus oriolus

Schedule IV

22

Crested lark

Galerida sp.

Schedule IV

23

Red rumped swallow

Hirundo daurica

-

24

Wire tailed swallow

Hirundo smithii

-

25

Small minivet

Pericrocotus cinnamomeus

Schedule IV

26

Common Iora

Aegithina tiphia

Schedule IV

27

Red whiskered bulbul

Pycnonotus jacosus

Schedule IV

28

Red vented bulbul

Pycnonotus cafer

Schedule IV

29

Black drongo

Dicrurus adsimilis

Schedule IV

30

House crow

Corvus splendens

Schedule IV

31

Jungle crow

Corvus macrorhynchos

Schedule IV

32

Yellow eyed babbler

Chrysomma sinense

Schedule IV

Schedule IV





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Sr. No.

Common Name

Scientific Name

IWPA 1972 Schedule

33 Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus

34

Indian robin

Saxicoloides fulicata

Schedule IV

35

Magpie robin

Copsychus saularis

Schedule IV

36

Fantail flycatcher

Rhipidura sp.

Schedule IV

37

Rufous backed shrike

Lanius schach

Schedule IV

38

Yellow wagtail

Motacilla flava

Schedule IV

39

Pied wagtail

Motacilla alba

Schedule IV

40

Rosy pastor

Sturnus roseus

Schedule IV

41

Common myna

Acridotheres tristis

Schedule IV

42

Purple sunbird

Nectarinia asiatica

Schedule IV

43

Spotted munia

Lonchura punctulata

Schedule IV

44

White throated munia

Lonchura malabarica

Schedule IV

45

House sparrow

Passer domesticus

Schedule IV

46

Baya

Ploceus philippinus

Schedule IV

In all, 46 species of birds were recorded from all the three zones of the study area during winter season. Most of the species were found to be fairly common in the entire area and none of the species recorded have been found to be listed as rare or endangered. The forests, predominantly comprised of young plantations of teak (Tectona grandis), in most part of the study area. Low plant species diversity in the plantation areas and poor ground cover in the degraded patches have been the two significant factors that have contributed in unusually low biological values of these forests.

3.7.1.5Status of Wetland Habitats

The wetland in the study area includes:

(i) Arabian sea and maritime zones.

(ii) Creeks.

(iii) Rivers.

(iv) Reservoirs, lakes and ponds.

The 42.47 km2 of Arabian sea on the western limits of the study area starting from north of Alibag to the south of Kundalika river mouth form the largest part of the wetland. The coastal areas of Alibag, Nagaon and Revadanda were intensively surveyed during the different periods of the study.

The coastal fringes were found to be largely barren areas except at few places where coconut plantations have been raised. Stretches of coast near Nagaon have Casuarina





AT USAR FOR GAIL

plantations raised by the State Forest Department. Other shore features in the coastal regions of the study area were cultivated lands, fishing villages and rocky beaches. Backwaters of Palepada and Akshi and Palav creeks form the tidal swamps and mangrove habitats. The areas are mostly submerged during high tides and comprise of flat topography, soft clayey mud with high water table. The mangrove areas near Talvali, Revadanda and Akshi creeks form extensive stretches of wetland habitat. Avicennia sp. is the only dominant species that is characteristic of these mangrove areas. Amba, on the north east and Kundalika in the south are the two major rivers in the study area.

This together account for 22.10 km2 of the area. As per the earlier information documented in the working plan (Damle, 1973) riparian fringing forests were found confined in narrow strips along Amba and Kundalika rivers. The characteristics species of these fringing forests reported by Damle (1973) are Ficus glomerata, Syzygium cumini, Pongamia pinnata and Mangifera indica. The repeated observation along the banks of Amba and Kundalika river failed to recognise the existence of these tropical riparian fringing forests in any of the stretches within the area.

The rapid expansions of agriculture into the bank areas have been evident during the course of study. Gradual reduction in the riparian fringe forest on account of encroachment for agriculture over the years could have lead to their absence now along these rivers. One major reservoir near Umte village, few check dams, ponds and lakes were the other wetland habitats that were found in the study area.

3.7.1.6Fauna of the Wetland Habitats

Maritime and mangrove represents the largest area under wetland habitat. Industrial development, agricultural expansion into these areas, fishing and other biotic interferences are some of the regular activities that occur in coastal zones. The coasts also have been attracting large number of tourist from Bombay and other nearby places. The tourist influx has considerably added to the disturbance factors that have been responsible in the degradation of the wetland.

The Amba and Kundalika, the only perennial rivers draining into Arabian sea were expected to have high values ecological significance as riverine habitats for fish and turtle fauna. However, observations and secondary information confirm their unusually low potential to support aquatic fauna. Vikram Ispat and Nippon Dendro are major industrial establishments on the banks of Kundalika and Amba respectively. Excessive use of river for transportation of equipment, machinery and iron ore have polluted these rivers and have also led to loss of the bank vegetation in some stretches.

Tinveera checkdam near Alibag and Umte reservoir near the village Umte are the two major water bodies in the northern and southern limits of the study area respectively. Both these reservoirs cater to the demands of the water supply for Alibag, Revadanda and other small villages. Frequently fluctuating reservoir water levels and presence of human habitation in the vicinity have led to the restricted use of these water bodies by the waterfowls. The village pond located on the outskirts of Alibag town is the only water body that has attracted few bird species round the year. Based on the surveys conducted in the different wetland of the study area, fish and avifauna are found to be the only representative of the aquatic communities.

(A) Fishes

The fish fauna in these wetland is represented by the depleted populations of the fishes listed below (Source: Maharashtra State Fisheries Department):





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Elasmobranchs, Indian dog shark (Scoliodon laticaudus), Hammerheaded shark, Sting Ray, Bony Fishes, Silver pomphret, Chinese pomphret, Black pomphret, Sheer Fishes,King fish (Scomberomorus commorson, S. gattatus), Perches, Red Snappers, Brown lined Reef Cord, Sciaenids, Dhoma (Johnius dussumieri), Ghol (Portanibea dichanthus), Carangids,Scad, Horse mackarele, Leather skin, Ribbon Fishes, Cat Fishes, Sea cat fish (Arius maculatus), Anchovies, Gold spotted anchovy, Flat Fishes, Sole, Indian Halburt

Fish species such as Bombay duck (Harpodon neherius) and Hilsa (Hilsa ilisha) have also been reported from the study area. The breeding season reported for this species is mid June to September. Effluent released by local industrial units have greatly impacted upon the ecology of this fish. Other than Hilsa minor Carps such as Puntius saranah, Rasbora, etc. have also been reported from the Alibag coast.

(B) Birds

In all thirty species of birds were recorded from the study area (Table 3.23).

Table 3.23: Records of bird species from coastal and fresh water zones of the study area

Sr. No.

Common Name

Scientific name

Conservation status

1

Little grebe Podiceps ruficollis Schedule IV

2

Little cormorant

Phalacrocorax niger

Schedule IV

3

Pond Heron

Ardeola grayii

Schedule IV

4

Cattle Egret

Bubulcus ibis

Schedule IV

5

Little egret

Egretta garzetta

Schedule IV

6

Indian Reef heron

Egretta gularis

Schedule IV

7

Black Ibis

Pseudibis papillosa

Schedule IV

8

Spot Billed Duck

Anas poecilorhyncha

Schedule IV

9

Common teal

Anas crecca

Schedule IV

10

Red vented Bulbul

Pycnonotus cafer

Schedule IV

11

Brahmini duck

Tadorna ferruginea

Schedule IV

12

Coot

Fulica atra

Schedule IV

13

Pheasant tailed Jacana

Hydrophasianus chirurgus

Schedule IV

14

Bronze winged Jacana

Metopidius indicus

Schedule IV

15

Red Wattled lapwing

Vanellus indicus

Schedule IV

Schedule IV





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Sr. No.

Common Name

Scientific name

Conservation status

16 Yellow Wattled lapwing

Vanellus malabarica

17

Little ringed plover

Charadrius dubius

Schedule IV

18

Oyster catcher

Haematopus ostralegus

Schedule IV

19

Whimbrel

Numenius phaeopus

Schedule IV

20

Black winged stilt

Himantopus himantopus

Schedule IV

21

Red shank

Tringa totanus

Schedule IV

22

Green shank

Tringa nebularia

Schedule IV

23

Common sandpiper

Triga hypoleucos

Schedule IV

24

Wood Sandpiper

Tringa glareola

Schedule IV

25

Ruff

Philomachus pugnax

Schedule IV

26

Black headed gull

Larus ridibundus

Schedule IV

27

Curlew Sandpiper

Calidris ferruginea

Schedule IV

28

Little tern

Sterna albifrons

Schedule IV

29

Caspian tern

Hydroprogne caspia

Schedule IV

30 Common Tern Sterna hirundo Schedule IV During the study period a total of 15 bird species were recorded from the coastal areas. Some of these include species such as White bellied sea eagle (Heliaetus leucogaster), Brahmini kite (Haliastur indus), Oyster catcher (Haematopus ostralegus), Whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus), Ruff (Philomachus pugnax), Black headed gull (Larus ridibundus) and Great black headed gull (Larus ichthyactur).

A total of 13 bird species were recorded from Tinveera check dam. Of these Coot (Fulica atra), Brahmini duck (Tadorna ferruginea), Common teal (Anus crecca) and Common sandpiper (Tringa hypoleucos) were commonly sighted. Little grebe (Podiceps ruficollis), Brahmini duck (Tadorna ferruginea), Little cormorant (Phalacrocorax niger) and spot billed duck (Anus poechilorhyncha) were recorded from the Umte reservoir.

(C) Other marine and fresh water organisms

The species that were recorded from the village pond near Alibag included Black ibis (Pseudibis papillosa), little egret (Egretta garzetta), Pond heron (Ardeola grayii) and Common sandpiper (Tringa hypoleucos). The information on the occurrence of other marine and freshwater organisms was obtained from secondary sources (Maharashtra State Fisheries Department) only and is given below:





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Brackish water

Mullets - Mogil sp., Ravid sp., Syngathus Crabs - Seylla serrata

Prawns Penaeus mergnensis, Metapenaeus monoseros, M. dogsonii, M. affinis Marine species

Prawns -Penaeus mergnensis (adult stages), M.tylifera, Acetes indicus Lobster -Pennulirus

Crabs - Portunus sangninolantus, P. pelagicus, Charybdis cruciata Molluscs -Cuttle fish, Squid, Octopus, Bivalves (spp.)

National Park/Sanctuary As per Ministry of Environment & Forests Notification, there are no wildlife/bird sanctuaries/national parks/ biospheres in 10-km radius from plant site.


Document No. A670-EI-1741-1401

Rev. No. 0

Page 81 of 234

EIA STUDY FOR PDH UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR

FOR GAIL



CHAPTER – 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES



Rev. No. 0

Page 82 of 234


FOR GAIL



4.0 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

In this chapter the likely impacts during construction and operation phases are identified. Further, the impacts are assessed and evaluated considering spatial, intensity, temporal and vulnerability scales. An overall assessment in terms of significance value is derived by integrating all scales. Detailed methodology is given in subsequent sections.

4.1 METHODOLOGY

The methodology adopted for assessing the potential positive and negative environmental impacts from the proposed project is described below.

Step 1: Identification of Environmental Impacts All potential releases (emissions to air, generation of noise, effluent discharge, etc.) from the construction & operation phases of the proposed project have been identified. The potential positive and negative environmental impacts from these releases and other activities of the project have been identified. Step 2: Environmental Impact Assessment The Significance (S) of the Environmental Impacts is identified and assessed by the following characteristics:

Intensity (I) of the environmental impact;

Spatial extension (Sp) of the environmental impact;

Temporal duration (T) of the environmental impact;&

Environmental Vulnerability (V) of the impacted area. Determination of Impact Intensity (I): Impact Intensity has been assessed based on the following criteria: H (High):

Emissions/generation of highly pollutant substances, emissions/generation of high quantity of pollutant substances and/or high noise emission.

High consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals)

Felling of large number of trees or death of fauna M (Medium):

Emissions/generation of moderately pollutant substances, emissions/generation of moderate quantity of pollutant substances and/or moderately high noise emission.

Moderate consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals)

Felling of few trees or physical damage of fauna L (Low):

Emissions/generation of low pollutant substances, emissions/generation of low quantity of pollutant substances and/or low noise emission

Low consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals)

Damage to few trees or disturbance/ disorientation of fauna



Rev. No. 0

Page 83 of 234


FOR GAIL



N (Negligible):

Emissions/generation of very low pollutant substances, emissions/generation of very low quantity of pollutant substances and/or very low noise emission.

Very low consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals)

No measurable damage to flora/fauna Determination of Impact Spatial extension (Sp) and Spatial Criteria (Is): Impact Spatial extension has been assessed based on the following criteria:

H (High): the impact extends in a wide area outside the site (about 10 km or more)

M (Medium): the impact extends in a restricted area outside the site (< 10 km)

L (Low): the impact extends inside the site.

N (Negligible): the impact extends in a restricted area inside the site.

The product of Impact Intensity and Impact Spatial extension gives the impact evaluation as per spatial criteria (Is).

Table 4.1: Matrix for Evaluating Spatial criteria

Determination of Impact Temporal duration (T) and Temporal Criteria (It) Impact Temporal Duration has been assessed based on the following criteria:

H (Very High): the impact has an important long-term effect (> 5 years)

H (High): the impact has an important long-term effect (1-5 years)

M (Medium): the impact has a medium-term effect (1 week – 1 year)

L (Low): the impact has a temporary and short-term effect (1 day – 1 week)

N (Negligible): the impact has an immediate effect and it is solved in a very short time.

The product of Impact Temporal duration and Spatial criteria gives the Impact Evaluations as per Temporal Criteria (It).

HIGH MEDIUM LOW NEGLIGIBLE

HIGH H H H H

MEDIUM H M M M

LOW M L L L

NEGLIGIBLE N N N N

Impact Spatial extension (Sp)

Impa

ct In

tens

ity (I

)

Impact evaluation as per

SPATIAL CRITERIA (Is)



Rev. No. 0

Page 84 of 234


FOR GAIL



Table 4.2: Matrix for Evaluating Temporal criteria

Determination of Environmental Vulnerability (V) and Significance (S) Environmental Vulnerability has been assessed based on the following criteria:

H (High): Particular interesting area from the environmental, historical, social point of view. Parks, natural reserves and / or special areas of conservation. Contaminated areas in which a further impact may generate non-compliance with local environmental limits.

M (Medium): Interesting area from the environmental, historical, social point of views. Residential areas with low population density. Agricultural areas, forests, public parks.

L (Low): Industrial and commercial areas. The product of Vulnerability and Temporal criteria gives the Significance of the impact.

Table 4.3: Matrix for Evaluating Significance

The Impact Significance (S) levels obtained from the above-matrix are defined as follows:

H (High): Causes severe and acute effects to receptors, severe and irreversible deterioration of the quality of environment, and irreversible modification of landscape or of ecological equilibrium.

M (Medium): Causes moderate effects to receptors, reversible deterioration of the quality of environment, and reversible modifications of landscape or ecological equilibrium.

VERY HIGH HIGH MEDIUM LOW NEGLIGIBLE

HIGH H H H H H

MEDIUM H M M M L

LOW M M L L L

NEGLIGIBLE N N N N N

Impact evaluation as per

TEMPORAL CRITERIA (It)

Imp

act

Is

Impact Temporal duration (T)

HIGH MEDIUM LOW

HIGH H H M

MEDIUM H M M

LOW M M L

NEGLIGIBLE L N N

Impact evaluation as

per VULNERABILITY

CRITERIA

(SIGNIFICANCE S)

VULNERABILITY (V)

Imp

act

It



Rev. No. 0

Page 85 of 234


FOR GAIL



L (Low): Causes limited effects to receptors, quickly reversible deterioration of the

quality of environment, and slight and reversible modification of landscape or ecological equilibrium.

N (Negligible): Causes negligible or no effects to receptors, slight and reversible deterioration of quality of the environment, no measurable changes at landscape or ecological level.

The assessment has been carried out for each of the potential environmental impacts during both construction and operation, and has been discussed in this chapter.

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The environmental impacts associated with the proposed project on various environmental components such as air, water, noise, soil, flora, fauna, land, socioeconomic, etc. has been identified using Impact Identification Matrix (Table 4.4).

Table 4.4: Impact Identification Matrix

Physical Biological Socio-economic

Activities

Am

bie

nt

air

qu

ality

Gro

un

d /

su

rfa

ce

wate

r

(qu

an

tity

/

qu

ality

)

Am

bie

nt

no

ise

Lan

d (

lan

d u

se,

top

og

rap

hy

&

dra

ina

ge

, s

oil)

Flo

ra

Fau

na

Liv

elih

oo

d &

occ

up

ati

on

Infr

astr

uctu

re

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Site preparation

* * * * * *

Civil works

* * *

Heavy equipment operations *

Disposal of construction wastes *

Generation/disposal of sewerage *

*

Transportation of materials *

*

OPERATION PHASE

Commissioning of Process units, utilities and offsite * * *

Product handling and storage *

Emissions &Waste management – Air, liquid and solid waste

* * *



Rev. No. 0

Page 86 of 234


FOR GAIL



4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 4.3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction activities are anticipated to take place over a period of at least four years from Zero date of Construction including mechanical completion, Commissioning and production ramp-up leading to 100% capacity utilization.

Potential emissions sources during construction phase include the following:

Site preparation and civil works

Storage and handling of construction material (e,g. sand, cement) at proposed project site.

Movement of vehicles carrying equipment, construction material and project-related personnel

The impacts are described below:

Dust will be generated from earth-moving, grading and civil works, and movement of vehicles on unpaved roads.

PM, CO, NOx, & SO2 will be generated from operation of diesel sets and diesel engines of machineries and vehicles.

The significance of the impacts of air emissions on ambient air quality during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Impact of Air Emissions (Construction Phase)

Factors of assessment

Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Overall quantity of air emission will be of less quantity over a day and Low consumption of power from DG sets.

Spatial Low Impact extends inside the proposed site

Temporal Low Long term effect as the construction period spans up to 4 years

Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area

Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1

Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1

Overall Significance Value of Impact (S)

Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1

Mitigation Measures

Ensuring preventive maintenance of vehicles and equipment.

Ensuring vehicles with valid Pollution under Control certificates are used.

Avoiding unnecessary engine operations.

Implementing dust control activities such as water sprinkling on unpaved sites.

Controlled vehicle speed on site

Ensuring vehicle are covered during transportation of material



Rev. No. 0

Page 87 of 234


FOR GAIL



4.3.2 OPERATION PHASE

EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES

INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX SHORT TERM - 3 (ISCST3) MODEL

The model used in the present study is Industrial Source Complex Version 3, which is a AERMOD Dispersion Modelling Program designed to estimate pollutant concentrations for simple, intermediate, or complex terrain. The Industrial Source Complex Short Term or in brief ISCST model is one of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)'s UNAMAP series of air quality models.

The Industrial Source Complex (ISC3) models are used to predict pollutant concentration from continuous point, area and volume sources. These versatile models are preferred by the USEPA because of many features that enable the user to estimate the concentrations nearly any type of source emitting non-reactive source. The ISC short-term model for stack uses Steady State Gaussian plume equation for the continuous elevated source. For the cross wind and downwind distances, the model uses either polar or rectangular Cartesian co-ordinates as specified by the user. For wind speed profile, wind power law is used to adjust the observed wind speed to the stack or release height. For computation of plume rise, Briggs plume rise formula is used. The distance dependent momentum plume rise equations are used to determine if the wake region for the building downwash calculations affects the plume. In order to consider the stack tip downwash, modification in stack height is performed using Briggs (1974). The point source dispersion parameters are computed using the Turners (1970) equation that approximately fits the Pasquill-Gifford curves. In order to take in account for the wake effect, plume dispersion theory of Huber (1976) and Snyder (1977) has been used. The buoyancy-induced dispersion has been taken care off using Pasquill method. The vertical term and dry depositions are also taken into account by this model.

Besides the above, for a given land use category (e.g., Auer Land use category), the model can be used for either Urban or Rural dispersion coefficient. The model also calculates the downwash from the nearby building and the fumigation conditions. The terrain variation is also included in form of flat, simple, intermediate and complex terrain. The input requirements for the ISC model short-term computer program consist of four categories of information:

Hourly meteorological data

Source data

Receptor data

Program control parameters

Meteorological inputs required by the program include hourly estimates of the wind direction, wind speed, ambient air temperature, mixing height, wind profile exponent and vertical temperature gradient. Some of the data required as mentioned above e.g., vertical temperature gradient, wind profile exponent and mixing depths call for a detailed study in itself, which in this case was not possible. Therefore, USEPA approved default values of wind exponents and temperature gradient as available in ISC3 have been used. In the present study, the micro-meteorological data i.e., wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity and ambient temperature was collected by M/s Pragathi Labs & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad for the period of 15th December, 2017- 15th March, 2018 was used. The source data i.e. continuous stack emissions from different process units have been furnished by process licensor.



Rev. No. 0

Page 88 of 234


FOR GAIL



The input data requirements for each source include data specific to the source and its type (whether point, area or volume source). The source-input requirements for running the program are the emission height, location, exit velocity, exit temperature and strength. The receptor data can be given either as polar, rectangular Cartesian or discrete ones. The program control includes options regarding pollutant type, dispersion options, averaging time, flag pole receptor and exponential decay etc.

4.3.2.1 Impacts due to releases of SO2 and NOX The status of SO2 and NOX releases from the proposed Unit are depicted below in Tables 4.6

Table 4.6: Emission summary

Stack details

Stack Characteristic SO2

Emission (kg/hr)

NOx Emission

(kg/hr) Height

(m) Dia (m)

Temp (oC)

Exit Velocity

(m/s)

Reactor Charge Heater 55 1.80 160 10 1.3 15

Air Heater 70 6.0 140-200 10 2.18-3.6 30-73

Utility Boiler 60 1.3 140 15 1.1 12

Notes:

1. NOx based on limiting concentration of 250 mg/Nm3 for Gas firing as per CPCB.

2. SOx based on limiting sulphur content of 100 ppmv H2S in fuel gas.

SO2 CONCENTRATION

The isopleths for 24 hourly maximum average is shown in Figure 4.1 and the results are tabulated in Table 4.7. From the Table 4.7, the resultant SO2 (maximum 24 hr Ground Level Concentration) GLC due

to operation of proposed is predicted as 0.13 g/m3. This GLC is occurring outside plant boundary wall around 4.0 km from boundary in North-East direction.

Maximum 98 Percentile Baseline Value (within 10 km radius) is 14.7 g/m3.By superimposing

the same with background SO2 level, the maximum resultant GLC observed are 14.83 g/m3

(24 hourly averages) which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly averages for industrial

area i.e. 80 g/m3.

Table 4.7: Predicted values of GLC for SO2

SO2 (24 hourly maximum)

Description

Maximum GLC

g/m3

Maximum GLC Co-ordinates

(m)

Location from boundary

(m)

Maximum 98thPercentile

Baseline Value (within 10 km

radius)

g/m3

Resultant 98thPercentil

e Value

g/m3

Release of emission sources

0.13 4500,5000 Outside boundary wall (In N-E direction and at

~4.0 km from plant boundary)

14.7 14.83



Rev. No. 0

Page 89 of 234


FOR GAIL



Fig.4.1 Isopleths for GLC- 24 hourly SO2 for proposed project



Rev. No. 0

Page 90 of 234


FOR GAIL



NOX Concentration

The isopleths for 24 hourly maximum average for NOx is shown in Figure 4.2 and the results are tabulated in Table 4.8. From the Table 4.8, the NOx GLC (maximum 24 hr

GLC) due to operation of proposed facilities is predicted as 1.55 g/m3. This GLC is occurring outside plant boundary wall around 4.0 km from boundary in North-East direction.

Maximum 98 Percentile Baseline Value (within 10 km radius) is 16.5 g/m3. By superimposing the same with background NOX level, the maximum GLC observed is

18.05 g/m3 (24 hourly averages) which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly

averages for industrial area i.e. 80 g/m3.

Table 4.8: Predicted values of GLC for NOX

NOx (24 hourly maximum)

Description Maximum GLC

g/m3

Maximum GLC Co-

ordinates (m)

Location from boundary

(m)

Maximum 98th Percentile Baseline

Value (within 10 km radius)

g/m3

Resultant 98th

Percentile Value

g/m3

Release of emission sources

1.55 4500,5000 Outside boundary wall (In N-E direction and at ~4.0 km from plant

boundary)

16.5 18.05



Rev. No. 0

Page 91 of 234


FOR GAIL



Fig.4.2 Isopleths for GLC- 24 hourly NOx for proposed project



Rev. No. 0

Page 92 of 234


FOR GAIL



Summary of Impacts

a. The resultant SO2 with ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 14.83

g/m3 which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial

area i.e. 80 g/m3.

b. The resultant NOx ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 18.05

g/m3 which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial

area i.e. 80 g/m3. The significance of the impacts of air emissions on ambient air quality during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.9.

Table 4.9: Impact of air emissions (operation phase)

Mitigation measures

Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment.

Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

Developing peripheral green belt in the proposed plant premises.

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During construction phase, raw water will be required for the following purposes:

Civil works ( such as concrete mix preparation, curing etc)

Hydro testing ( of tanks and associated piping)

Domestic use (such as drinking water for workers, washing etc.)

Water sprinkling on site for dust abatement Water requirement for construction phase will be 100 KLD approximately and will be met from Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) supply. The significance of the impact of water consumption on local water resources during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.10.


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Marginal additional emissions due to combustion.

Spatial Low

Resultant concentration occurring within the plant boundary

Temporal Low

The addition of pollutants will over a day, but continuous



Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1

Impact(It) Low

By combining Is and temporal factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1

Overall Significance Value of Impact(S)

Low

By combining It and Vulnerability factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1



Rev. No. 0

Page 93 of 234


FOR GAIL



Table 4.10: Impact of water consumption (construction phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Water requirement will be limited to 100 KLD in a day.

Spatial Low Requirement is limited to a proposed site works only.

Temporal Low The impact has a temporary and short term effect i.e. only during construction period



Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors

Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors


Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors

The effluent streams that will be generated regularly during construction stage include the following:

Sewage and grey water from work sites

Cleaning and washing water for vehicle and equipment maintenance area. During construction, waste materials would contribute to certain amount of water pollution. But these would be for a short duration. All liquid waste will be collected and disposed to identify water impoundment within the construction site. Later at frequent intervals the same shall be disposed through tankers using gully suckers to common waste treatment facility.The significance of the impact of waste water generation during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.11.

Table 4.11: Impact of effluent generation (construction phase)

Factors of Assessment Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Releases of low quantity

Spatial Low Requirement is limited to a proposed site works only.

Temporal Low Restricted to construction period







Mitigation Measures

Monitoring water usage at work sites to prevent wastage.

4.4.2 OPERATION PHASE For proposed project treated water requirement is 480 m3/hr. The water required will be sourced from MIDC. Water consent letter from MIDC for 15.6 MLD water is attached as Annexure-IV.



Rev. No. 0

Page 94 of 234


FOR GAIL



The impact on water environment during the operation phase of the proposed changes shall be in terms of water consumption and waste water generation due to process activities. The impact of water consumption on local resources during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.12.

Table 4.12: Impact of Water Consumption (Operation Phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Water required is limited to 480 m3/hr

Spatial Low Water will be used for proposed project at Usar site only.

Temporal High Requirement of water will be continuous.

Vulnerability Low Designated Industrial area



Impact(It) Medium By combining Is and temporal factors


Medium By combining It and Vulnerability factors

There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant. The proposed unit is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) process plant during normal operation. The impact of effluent generation during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.13.

Table 4.13: Impact of Effluent Generation (Operation Phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low No liquid effluent will be discharged.

Spatial Low The impact will be limited within plant boundary.

Temporal Low Effluent generated will be suitably treated and reused.

Vulnerability Low Zero liquid discharge concept to be adopted.






Mitigation Measures

Tracking of treated water consumption through water meters.

Installation of rainwater harvesting structures.

Maximum Utilization of Treated Water.

Zero liquid discharge concept to be adopted.



Rev. No. 0

Page 95 of 234


FOR GAIL



4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4.5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During construction phase, civil works such as trenching, foundation casting, steel work, infrastructure construction, mechanical works such as static equipment and rotating machinery installation, building up of piping network, provision of piping supports, and tying up of new facilities with the existing systems etc. are likely to affect the ambient noise level. Also, the movement of heavy motor vehicles carrying construction material, pipes and equipment, loading and unloading activities, and movement of light passenger vehicles conveying construction personnel are likely to affect the ambient noise level, However, these effects are for a short term and of temporary in nature. Construction noise levels associated with typical machinery based on “BS 5228: 2009 Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Operation Sites” are summarized in the Table 4.14.

Table 4.14: Sound Pressure (noise) levels of Construction Machinery

Item Description Noise Level dB(A) Reference Distance

Earth Movers Front Loaders Backhoes Tractors Scrapers, Graders Pavers Trucks

72-84 72-93 72-96 80-93 86-88 82-94

0.9 m " " " " "

Material Handlers Concrete Mixers Concrete Pumps Cranes (movable) Cranes (derrick)

75-88 81-83 75-86 86-88

0.9 m " " '

Item Description Noise Level dB(A) Reference Distance

Stationary Equipment Pumps Generators Compressors

69-71 71-82 74-86

0.9 m " "

The impact of noise emissions on ambient noise levels are summarized in Table 4.15.

Table 4.15: Impact on Ambient Noise (Construction Phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low All equipment will be purchased that conforms to standard limits for noise.

Spatial Low Impact extends inside site

Temporal Low Noise emission is not continuous, occurs only any machinery or DG is operated





Rev. No. 0

Page 96 of 234


FOR GAIL



Factors of

assessment Value of

assessment Justification





Mitigation Measures

Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipments and vehicles. Avoiding unnecessary engine operations (e.g. equipments with intermitted use

switched off when not working). Ensuring DG sets are provided with acoustic enclosures and exhaust mufflers.

4.5.2 OPERATION PHASE

During operational phase of the proposed project, the noise shall be caused due to various rotating equipment viz. Pumps, Compressors & Mixers, etc. The Table 4.14 gives the listing of various noise generating sources along with their design noise level considered.The impact of these noise emissions during operation is summarized in Table 4.16.

Table 4.16: Impact on ambient noise (operation phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low

Release of low quantity as all the noise generating equipments will be provided with enclosures / noise absorbing materials as per present practice.

Spatial Low The impact extends inside the site.

Temporal Low Some of the Noise emissions will be intermittent and others continuous.







Mitigation Measures

Avoiding continuous (more than 8 hrs) exposure of workers to high noise areas.

Provision of ear muffs at the high noise areas

Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment. 4.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The proposed project will be set up in existing plant boundary and land owned by GAIL. 4.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The impact on land environment during construction phase shall be due to generation of debris/construction material, which shall be properly collected and disposed off.



Rev. No. 0

Page 97 of 234


FOR GAIL



During construction, there will be no routine discharge or activity potentially impacting soils and groundwater.

The impact on land use and topography during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.17.

Table 4.17: Impact on Land Use & Topography (Construction Phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Solid waste generated during the construction period shall be of low quantity as the scrapes and reusable materials are sold out and other waste are disposed off suitably.


Temporal Low The impact will be limited to 48 months.







There is potential for impact on soil quality due to project-related spills and leaks of fuel and chemicals and uncontrolled disposal of wastes and wastewater. Care will be taken to avoid spills and leaks of hazardous substances and all project-related wastes. Littering of sites and areas beyond the site will be controlled. The impact on soil quality during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.18.

Table 4.18: Impact on soil quality (construction phase)

Factors of assessment Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Releases of low quantity


Temporal Low The impact will be limited to 48 months.







Mitigation Measures

Restricting all construction activities inside the project boundary.

Ensuring the top soil is not contaminated with any type of spills.

Ensuring any material resulting from clearing and grading should not be deposited on approach roads, streams or ditches, which may hinder the passage and/or natural water drainage.



Rev. No. 0

Page 98 of 234


FOR GAIL



Developing project specific waste management plan and hazardous material

handling plan for the construction phase. 4.6.2 OPERATION PHASE

Spent Catalyst after every 4 years will be generated.

Salt generated from recycle plant will be disposed off to a secured landfill (ouside plant boundary).

The impacts on soil quality during operation phase are summarized in Table 4.19.

Table 4.19: Impact on soil quality (operation phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Spent Catalyst will be generated non-regular basis (in every 4 years). Salt from RO based Recycle plant will be properly disposed off to a secured landfill site at Taloja.

Spatial Low Wastes collected and stored properly inside the complex till sending to authorized recyclers or landfill agency

Temporal Low The impact has a short term effect as the Spent catalysts are sent out every 4 years back to manufacturer







Mitigation Measures

Spent catalyst will be sent to manufacturer/authorized recyclers.

Other solid waste shall be sent to authorized landfill facilities.

4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 4.7.1 Construction phase Impact Evaluation

The proposed facilities are to be developed in the land owned by GAIL. The project site does not harbor any fauna of importance. Therefore, the impact of construction activities on fauna will be insignificant.The impacts on flora and fauna during construction phase are summarized in Table 4.20.

Table 4.20: Impact on Biological Environment (construction phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low

No major clearing of vegetation will be carried out

Spatial Low Activity is limited to proposed project site.



Rev. No. 0

Page 99 of 234


FOR GAIL




Value of assessment

Justification

Temporal Low Activity is limited to 48 months.

Vulnerability Low

Proposed project is located in industrial area






Mitigation Measures:

Closing of trenches as soon as possible of construction.

Prevent littering of work sites with wastes, especially plastic and hazardous waste.

Training of drivers to maintain speed limits.

4.7.2 Operation phase

Impact Evaluation

The impacts due to proposed project activities during operation phase shall be limited. Impacts on Flora & Fauna during operation phase are summarized in Table 4.21.

Table 4.21: Impact on Biological Environment (operation phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low No additional emissions

Spatial Low Product transport is mainly through road transport

Temporal Low No additional emissions

Vulnerability Low Industrial area






Mitigation measures

Development of 106 acres of greenbelt area.

Plant trees during operation phase as per greenbelt development plan.

Proper maintenance of green belt developed which provides food and habitat for local macro and micro fauna.

Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored. 4.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 4.8.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE The issues need to be addressed during the construction phase of the project include

the effect of employment generation and additional transport requirements on local infrastructural facilities. These are only short term impacts lasting during the construction phase of the project.



Rev. No. 0

Page 100 of 234


FOR GAIL



4.8.1.1 Employment Generation

The construction phase is expected to span for about four years. During this phase, the major socio-economic impact will be in the sphere of generation of temporary employment of very substantial number of personnel. Based upon the information on the construction of other similar plants, it can be observed that the number of personnel needed for the proposed project during the construction phase, average temporary manpower requirement is 2500 people for the first two years and subsequently for next two years 1500 people shall be required.

4.8.1.2 Effect on Transport

Transport requirements will arise during the construction phase due to the movement of both the personnel and materials. The site is well connected to direct road and rail network.

(a) Transport of Personnel Transport of the managerial personnel is likely to increase the vehicular traffic on the roads connecting the proposed site to the city. The incremental traffic for the additional people would be about 100 cars per day.

(b) Transport of construction materials The transport of construction materials to the project site will result in increased traffic in the impact area. The constructions of capital intensive structures such as reactors and columns require iron and steel, heavy construction equipment and other construction materials. They will have to be transported to the site using trucks. Roughly, on an average of approximately 20 trucks per day will be needed for transporting the construction materials.

(c) Effect on local traffic The incremental daily traffic during construction phase works out to be about 100 cars and 10 buses per day.

4.8.1.3 Effect on Other Local Infrastructure

The majority of skilled and unskilled labourers are available in the impact area itself, the incremental effect on housing during the construction phase will be minimal. But, during the working hours of the day, the demand for food, water, sanitation and health facilities at the construction site will go up. Though the truck drivers appear to form a floating population, there will be a general flow of this group throughout the duration of the construction phase. There will be an impact on basic necessities like shelter, food, water, sanitation and medical facilities for the truck drivers. The impact of construction activities on socio-economic environment during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.22.

Table 4.22: Impact on Socio-Economic Environment (construction phase)

Factors of assessment Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Involvement of labour, infrastructure and other utilities in a phased manner. Also it is considered as a positive



Rev. No. 0

Page 101 of 234


FOR GAIL



Factors of assessment Value of

assessment Justification

impact in terms of employment generation

Spatial Low Impact extends in a restricted area outside the boundary (< 1 km). Also this is a positive impact in terms of employment generation.

Temporal Low The impact has an medium term effect (1week – 4 year). Also this is a positive impact in terms of employment generation

Vulnerability Low Positive impact in terms of employment generation






Mitigation Measures

Conducting awareness programmes for workers.

Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles

Determining safe, legal load limits of all bridges and roads that will be used by heavy vehicles and machinery.

Determining allowable traffic patterns in the affected area throughout the work week will be made based on community use, include a consideration of the large turning requirements of certain vehicles/machineries that might increase congestion and traffic hazards.

Consolidating deliveries of materials and personnel to project sites, whenever feasible, to minimize flow of traffic.

Minimizing interruption of access to community for use of public infrastructure

Providing prior notice to affected parties when their access will be blocked, even temporarily.

Preventing use of drugs and alcohol in project-sites

Preventing possession of firearms by project-personnel, except those responsible for security.

4.8.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE

Operational phase of the plant covers the entire life span of the plant. Hence the impacts of the operational phase extend over a long period of time. These impacts include employment generation, effects on transport and other basic infrastructure.

Employment Scenario Employment for 230 employees directly and another 100 for additional contract employees for regular maintenance is envisaged during the operation phase.

Effect on Transport

Transport requirements will arise (marginal) due to the movement of both the personnel

and materials.



Rev. No. 0

Page 102 of 234


FOR GAIL



(a) Transport of Personnel

There shall be increase in additional load on traffic due to transport of personnel.

(b) Transport due to movement of materials/products

The products will be transported through road by trucks. The frequency of transportation will be approximately 85 trucks per day.

(c) Effect on local traffic

The incremental traffic during the operational phase works out to be about 100 cars, 200 two wheelers, 85 trucks, light commercial vehicles, buses etc. per day. The impact of these activities on socio-economic environment during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.23.

Table 4.23: Impact on Socio-Economic Environment (Operation Phase)


Value of assessment

Justification

Intensity Low Involvement of labour, infrastructure and other utilities in marginal quantities/Nos.

Spatial Low Impact extends in a restricted area outside the site

Temporal Low The impact has a positive effect

Vulnerability Low Positive impact in terms of employment generation






Mitigation Measures

o Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles. o Employment opportunity may be provided to local people during operation phase

considering their skills and abilities as per procedures & practices adopted by company.

o The facilities like education, medical, transportation, sanitation need to be strengthened under social welfare activity or CSR Program.

4.9 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS:

Based on the above evaluation the significance value of impact on various components of environment during construction and operation phases is summarized and is given in Table 4.24.



Rev. No. 0

Page 103 of 234


FOR GAIL



Table 4.24: Summary of Impact Evaluation in terms of Significance Value

Environmental component Construction Operation

Air Low Low

Water Consumption of Raw Water Low Medium

Generation of Effluent Low Low

Land Land use & Topography Low -

Soil Quality Low Low

Noise Low Low

Biological Low Low

Socio-Economic Low Low



FOR GAIL

Document No.

B078-1742-EI-1901 Rev. No. 2

Page 104 of 179

CHAPTER 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)




EIA STUDY FOR PDH UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR

GAIL

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE

The proposed PDH & PP unit will be set up within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at USAR which is situated at Plot No: A-1, Usar Industrial Area, USAR village, Alibag Tehsil, Raigad district, Maharashtra. Alternate site for the proposed project has not been studied as there is adequate space inside the existing plant complex.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY

The technology to be used by M/s. GAIL (India) Limited (A Maharatna Company) for setting up proposed complex shall consist of a Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit (PDH) which utilizes propane as feedstock for conversion into propylene through De-Hydrogenation route. The generated propylene from the PDH unit will be used in a downstream Polypropylene unit to convert to Poly propylene unit.

Some of process (or licensors) technologies for PDH unit that are available in market are:

Oleflex Process CATOFIN Process

Some of process (or licensors) technologies for PP unit that are available in market are:

M/s Mcdermott Novolen M/s Grace Unipol M/s Basell Spheripol

The licensor selection for Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit and Polypropylene (PP) Unit is underway. All the technologies which are being evaluated are environment friendly and most advanced. All the technologies that are being evaluated are all proven. All the relevant environmental standards and guidelines will be followed while designing the proposed units.

106



USAR FOR GAIL



CHAPTER – 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

107



USAR FOR GAIL



6.0 INTRODUCTION

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operations. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programmed will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigation steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. Usually, as in the case of the study, an impact assessment study is carried out over short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality.

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE Development of the programme during the planning process shall be conducted or supported by environmental specialists. However, the implementation responsibility rests with working managers of GAIL, who should, therefore, ensure they fully understand and subscribe to the commitments being made. These commitments will include the legal and statutory controls imposed on the operation as well as other corporate commitment to responsible environment management. GAIL had already an Engineering Group to review the effectiveness of environment management system during construction and operational phase of existing and proposed project expansion. The Environmental Monitoring Cell (EMC) is a part of Engineering Group who works for monitoring and meet regularly to review the effectiveness of the EMP implementation. The data collected on various EMP measures would be reviewed by EMC and if needed corrective action will be formulated for implementation. The typical organogram of GAIL EMC is given below in Figure 6.1 and Fire & Safety organogram of existing plant at Usar is given in Figure 6.2. Monitoring shall confirm that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as amounts and concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using ecological / biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of complaints.

108



USAR FOR GAIL



Figure 6.1 HSE Organogram (Typical)

Figure 6.2 Fire & Safety organogram of existing plant at USAR

6.2 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING To ensure the effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, the broadobjectives of monitoring plan are:

To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the environmental monitoring programme.

To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment

Plant In-charge/Head

Environment Engineer

Manager (Material Receipt & Dispatch)

Operations Co-Ordinator

Maintenance Co-Ordinator

Excise Officer

109



USAR FOR GAIL



To suggest improvements in management plan, if required

To enhance environmental quality.

To undertake compliance monitoring of the proposed project operation and evaluation of mitigative measure.

6.3 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Chapter 4 describes the impacts and mitigation measures envisaged during construction phase vis-à-vis the environmental components which are likely to get impacted in case mitigation measures are not adequately followed. In view of the same the environmental components / indicators which are to be monitored during construction phase are air, water, noise levels and soil. Due to limited construction activities, the environmental monitoring programme shall be accordingly arranged. The environmental monitoring programme during construction phase is presented in Table 6.1. The implementation of monitoring will be contractor’s responsibility and the supervision will be done by GAIL.

Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme– Construction Phase (4 years)

Component

Parameters Location / Frequency of Monitoring

No. of Samples / year (Locations X Monitoring Frequency)

Air SO2, NOx,

PM10&PM2.5

At two locations, one at upwind direction and another at downwind direction, both at plant

boundary. Twice in a season (except monsoon) per year for 2 years

4 x 3

Water

Surface Water: CPCB surface water criteria;

Ground Water: IS:10500

One surface water in the project site per season.

Two Ground Water: One Up-gradient and One

Down-gradient of project site per season.

3 x 3

Noise Noise Levels

Leq (A)

At two locations, one at project site and another is at plant boundary. Once in a season

(except monsoon) per year for 2 years 2 x 3

Soil As per

standard practice

At one location, in the project site. Twice in a year.

1 x 2

Note: Construction period is 4 years.

The total cost for monitoring of the above parameters during construction period is estimated as Rs. 50 lakhs (included in EMP Capital cost). The monitoring shall be carried out through entire construction period by a MoEFCC/NABL approved laboratory.

6.4 OPERATION PHASE

The components / indicators of different environmental monitoring program are as under.

110



USAR FOR GAIL



6.4.1 Monitoring For Pollutants

As stated under Chapter 4, the environmental stresses from pollutants are marginal. Often the range of impact is limited to the plant and in its immediate vicinity, the monitoring schedule is evolved accordingly.

6.4.1.1 Work zone noise levels

GAIL will monitor the noise levels inside and around the plant on a quarterly basis. Extensive survey will be done in occupied areas near the sources of noise. Monitoring will be done in twelve places on site (Table 6.2). GAIL will keep a record of noise levels and take necessary organizational actions like rotation of workmen, availability and use of personal protective devices, damage to enclosures or insulation layers over enclosures and piping.

Table 6.2 Noise Level to be monitored

Description Nos. of Locations Monitoring Frequency

Work zone Noise

Eight hours per shift continuous to cover all shift of operation once in a quarter for all the twelve selected locations.

12 X 3 (shifts) per quarter = 36 x 4 samples per year

*Noise Level in Leq (A)

6.4.1.2 Stack gas monitoring

The flue gas coming out from the stacks will be sampled and monitored for SO2, NOx, CO and PM. Monitoring of the flue gases will be done once a month or as prescribed by the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB). There will be one stack inside the plant thus number of sampling / analysis per year will be 12.

6.4.2 Meteorology

The temperature, wind speed, wind direction, cloud cover, and rainfall shall be monitored and recorded daily. These data shall be used for detailed short term and long term predictions of atmospheric dispersion of the pollutants released from the stack.

6.4.3 Ambient Air Quality

It is necessary to monitor the air quality at the boundary of the plant specifically with respect to SO2 and NOx. The equipment at the continuous monitoring stations will have facilities to monitor PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx. In addition Ambient Air Quality measurement for manually monitoring of the parameters in the plant and in the surrounding villages is required. The AAQ in villages will be monitored once in each month during the entire year except monsoon season. After the implementation of the proposed project the ambient air shall be regularly monitored as given in Table 6.3 or as per the directives given by CPCB / MPCB from time to time.

111



USAR FOR GAIL



Table 6.3 Ambient air to be monitored

SlNo

Description Number of Sampling Locations

Monitoring Frequency

1. Ambient Air Quality 3 (AAQ Stations)

24 hr continuous (for PM 2.5, PM10, SO2 & NOx

* Parameters = PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NOX

6.4.4 Waste Water from Project Site

The proposed unit is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) process plant during operation. The water from blow-down of boiler and cooling tower will be treated through reverse osmosis and recycled. Treated effluent quality shall be monitored at ETP outlet as per the CPCB guidelines.

6.4.5 Ambient Noise

Ambient noise shall be monitored at two locations surrounding the plant, twice in each season.

6.4.6 Ground Water Monitoring

Ground water shall be sampled from wells / hand-pumps / tube-wells, up gradient and down gradient of the plant area and the residential area to check for possible contamination and to ascertain the trend of variation in the water quality, if any. In case any adverse trend is noticed, immediate remedial measures shall be taken. A total of four samples shall be monitored once in each month for the critical parameters.

6.4.7 Soil Quality Monitoring Soil samples from two locations in the project site shall be analysed twice a year. 6.4.8 Solid/Hazardous Waste Disposal

Hazardous waste generated from the plant will be handled and disposed to common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility (TSDF) as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules, 2016. Periodic surveillance monitoring will be conducted to ensure that the wastes are disposed in the manner as specified.

6.4.9 Green Belt Development

33% of the total area will be covered under green belt. Further details are given in Environmental management plan.

6.4.10 Socio-Economic Development

The proposed project will improve the infra-structure & socio-economic conditions thus will enhance the overall development of the region. The communities, which are benefited by the plant, are thus one of the key stakeholders. It is suggested that the

112



USAR FOR GAIL



plant management under Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) plan will have structured interactions with the local authority to disseminate the measures planned / taken by GAIL and also to elicit suggestions from stake-holders for overall improvement for the development of the area.

6.5 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MoEFCC

As per the requirements, the status of environmental clearance stipulation implementation will be submitted to MoEFCC in hard and soft copy on 1stDecember and 1stJune of every calendar year. These reports will be put up on MoEFCC web site as per their procedure and will be updated every six months. The pollutants will be monitored on monthly basis and reports will be submitted to MPCB and CPCB respectively, as per the requirements.


113 Document No.

B078-1742-EI-1901 Rev. No. 2

Page 113 of 179


FOR GAIL

CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES



Rev. No. 2

Page 114 of 179


FOR GAIL

7.0. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

A Rapid Risk Assessment studies have been carried out by EIL for generation of important baseline data / specific information required for the subject EIA study. The details of the same are presented below:

7.1 RAPID RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY

RRA study evaluates the consequences of potential failure scenarios, assess extent of damages, based on damage criteria’s and suggest suitable measures for mitigating the Hazard. RRA involves identification of various potential hazards & credible or reasonably believable failure scenarios for various units based on their frequency of occurrence & resulting consequence. Basically two types of scenarios are identified spanning across various process facilities; Cases with high chance of occurrence but having low consequence, e.g. Instrument Tapping Failure and cases with low chance of occurrence but having high consequence, e.g., Large Hole on the bottom outlet of Pressure Vessels. Effect zones for various outcomes of failure scenarios (Flash Fire, Jet Fire, Pool Fire, Blast overpressure, toxic release, etc.) are studied and identified in terms of distances on plot plan. Based on effect zones, measures for mitigation of the hazard/risk are suggested. Detailed Risk Analysis report is attached as Annexure-V.

7.1.1 MAJOR OBSERVATIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS

The detailed consequence analysis of release of hydrocarbon in case of major credible scenarios is modeled in terms of release rate, dispersion and flammability which have been discussed in detail in the report. The Observations and recommendations arising out of the Rapid Risk analysis study for units under upcoming Usar Petrochemical project are summarized below: Analysis of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH and PP unit is as given below:

PP Unit

Instrument tapping failure at Propylene charge pump, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m and may extend beyond the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 45 and 55 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similarly in case of Instrument tapping failure at Recycle pump discharge, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 45 and 54 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. However the effects are observed to be largely restricted within the unit provided the equipments are suitably sited. PDH

In case of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH unit such as Instrument tapping failure in Propane line at B/L, It is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 42 m and may cross the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may cause escalation within the unit. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves, if realized may have an effect zone of 50 m and 54 m respectively. Also in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer bottom pump it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 49 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 42 m and 51 m respectively with possible localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi



Rev. No. 2

Page 115 of 179


FOR GAIL

overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 56 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer feed dryer inlet line and Instrument tapping failure at Reject C4 Pump. Note: The loss of containment scenarios, equipment locations and conditions are indicative and need further assessment during detailing. It may also be noted that, there exists a possibility of other loss of containment scenarios, whose blast overpressure waves may affect the new control room based on the location of equipment in the unit and technology selected.

LPG unit

From the high frequency failure scenarios such as Instrument tapping failure at LPG column bottom line/NGL pump inlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 80 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may lead to localized escalation. The Late pool fire radiation intensities of 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized at a distance of 33 m from the source. The 5 psi overpressure blast wave may possibly affect the control room. The existing Lab building may be subjected to 3 psi overpressure blast waves. In case of a 20mm Leak in LP separator bottom outlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 86 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may lead to a localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 99 m and 107 m which may affect the existing control room and PDH unit partially. Similar effects are noticed in case of 20mm Leak in HP separator bottom outlet. Hence based on the above consequences, following are recommended:

Provide adequate number of gas detectors (H2 &/HC) at suitable locations within unit (PDH/PP/LPG) for early leak detection. Also philosophy for quick isolation (through ROV’s) for vessels and columns containing inventories of C4/C5 and lighters should be developed for PDH/PP plants as a part of good safety design practice.

In PP unit, it is suggested locate the extrusion and pellet handling sections towards the western side for enhanced safety.

It is advisable to consider blast resistant construction of new MCR.

It is suggested to relocate the existing lab building to a safe location beyond the explosion effects based on scenarios arising out of LPG unit.

Ensure LPG control room is of blast resistant construction (or) explore integration of the same with New MCR.

In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PDH unit such as: Large hole at Product Splitter bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may reach upto 112 m. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 kW/m2 and 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 82 m and 100 m (@2F condition) respectively. The 5 & 3 psi over pressure blast waves may reach a distance of 131 m and 140 m respectively and may affect new MCR and existing MCR depending on the location of equipment in the unit. Similarly in case of large hole at de-ethanizer reflux drum bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may be realized up to 131 m and may affect MCR, control room and LPG recovery unit depending on the location of the equipment. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 & 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 78 m and 95 m respectively (@2F condition). The



Rev. No. 2

Page 116 of 179


FOR GAIL

5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 155 m and 164 m respectively.

In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PP unit such as:

Large hole at Propylene dryer bottom: it is observed that LFL distance of 157 m may reach SRR, warehouse and PDH plant. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 103 and 125m respectively @ 2F condition. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 178 m and 188 m and may affect SRR, Sub Station, PDH unit and warehouse depending on the location of equipment.

Based on the above consequence, following are recommended:

Include these scenarios outcomes as an input to the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) & Emergency Response Plan (ERP).

OFFSITES In case of high frequency failure scenarios in Off-sites such as: Instrument tapping failure at Propane Pump discharge it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 43 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 45 m and 58 m respectively and may have a localized effect. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at Propylene Pump discharge and Instrument tapping failure at metering area. In case of Instrument tapping failure at H2 Bullet, it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 48 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 19 m and 23 m respectively and may affect the adjacent bullet. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 48 m and 51 m respectively.

Based on the above consequence, following are recommended:

Provide gas and optical flame detectors at pump houses, metering station and H2 bullet area for quick detection and early action in loss of containment.

Consider fireproofing of H2 bullet for jet fire hazards.

7.2 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Emergency planning is an integral part of the overall loss control programme and is essential for our organization. The same is important for effective management of an accident to minimize the losses to the people and property, both in and around the facility. The important aspect in emergency management is to prevent by technical and organizational measures, the unintentional escape of hazardous materials out of the facility and minimize accidents and losses. Emergency planning demonstrates the organizational commitment to the safety of employees and increases our organization’s safety awareness. Name and address of the person furnishing the information:

Designation of Occupier : General Manager



Rev. No. 2

Page 117 of 179


FOR GAIL

Address of Plant Address of Regd. Corporate Office

GAIL (India) Limited LPG Recovery Plant, Usar PO: Malyan, Tal-Alibag Dist- Raigad, Maharashtra - 402203

GAIL (India) Limited 16, Bhikaiji Cama Place R.K. Puram, New Delhi PH. 011-26172580 FAX 011-26185941

Legal Requirement As per the provision stipulated under Section-41 B (4)of the Factories Act,1948 (as amended), Rule 13 (1) of MSIHC Rules, 1989 (1994,2000) and Rule 47 safety precaution , schedule V Power Process, Rule 50 A, Precaution against electrical Hazardous, Rule 52A Protection of equipment, Rule 56 Pressure vessel & Plant, Rule 61, Fire and Rule 62, First Aid & Fire Fighting arrangement of Schedule –I & II of the West Bengal Factories Rules,1958. On-site Emergency Plan with detailed disaster control measures for the installation and workers employed in the plant is being prepared. Objective The main objective of On-site emergency management plan is in emergency management planning is to ensure that everyone knows: What are the hazards and risk in the plant What and how to do in the event of an emergency Preparations for potential and unexpected incidents at the workplace

The types of emergencies to plan for include fire, explosion, toxic releases, injuries and rescues in the hazardous events. Plan improves local, district, state and national capacity to respond to disasters and public health emergencies, scaling up the actions with vulnerable communities in health promotion, disease prevention and disaster risk reduction. As per our Indian regulations we have regulatory provisions that On-site Emergency Management Plan will be prepared by industrial units and Off-site Emergency Management Plan by District Collector. An occupier will prepare and keep an up-to date on-site emergency plan containing details specified in Schedule 11 of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MS&IHC) Rules 1989 and detailing how major accidents will be dealt with on the site on which the industrial activity is carried on and that plan will include the name of the person who is responsible for safety on the site and the names of those who are authorized to take action in accordance with the plan in case of an emergency. The occupier will ensure that the emergency plan prepared takes into account any modification made in the industrial activity and that every person on the site who is affected by the plan is informed of its relevant provisions. The occupier will prepare the emergency plan required – (a) In the case of a new industrial activity, before that activity is commenced; (b) In the case of an existing industrial activity within 90 days of commencing into operation of these rules. On-site emergency can be due to the following causes:



Rev. No. 2

Page 118 of 179


FOR GAIL

Emergency Communication (EC) Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire etc. would inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center (ECC). The person on duty in the emergency control center would appraise the site controller. Site Controller verifies the situation from the incident controller of that area or the Shift In-charge and takes a decision about an impending on site emergency. This would be communicated to the entire incident controllers, emergency co-ordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the instructions of the site controller. Emergency Responsibilities The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below: Site Controller On receiving information about emergency he would rush to emergency control center and take charge of ECC and the situations which all are given below: Assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of incident controller and decides; Whether the effected area needs to be evacuated; Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated; Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren; Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency; Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or are to be

alerted; Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the situation in

consultation with Incident Controller and other Key Personnel as to whether shutting the mine operation required and if evacuation of persons is required;

Directs personnel for Rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire, brigade, medical and other designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting emergencies;

Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or effects are likely to go beyond the mine boundary, informs to District Emergency Authority, Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help;

Informs the statutory authorities; Gives a public statement if necessary; Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and

preserves evidence; On completion of On Site Emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all clear and

orders for all clear warning. Incident Controller Assembles the incident control team;



Rev. No. 2

Page 119 of 179


FOR GAIL

Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel, minimize damage to property and environment and minimize the loss of materials;

Directs the shutting down the operations and areas likely to be adversely affected by the emergency;

Ensures that all key personnel help is sought; Provides advise and information to the Fire and Security Officer and the Local Fire

Services as and when they arrive; Ensures that all non-essential workers/staff of the affected areas evacuated to the

appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for causalities; Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into

the cause and circumstances which caused or escalated the emergency; Co-ordinates with emergency services at the site; Provides tools and safety equipment to the team members; Keeps in touch with the team and advise them regarding the method of control to be

used; Keeps the Site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made.

Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting On knowing about emergency, rushes to ECC; Helps the incident Controller in containment of the emergency; Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator to ready

for any emergency with standby arrangement; Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. firemen, trained mine personnel and security staff; Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required; Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for fire fighting as well as assesses the

requirements of outside help; Arranges to control the traffic at the incident area; Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations

under his guidance and supervision; Evacuates the people in the mine or in the nearby areas as advised by Site Controller; Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them; Assembles search and evacuation team; Arranges for safety equipment for the members of this team; Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.

Emergency Coordinator - Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication In the event of failure of electric supply and thereby internal telephone, sets up communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Center (ECC). Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the injured to near

by hospitals; Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary; Keeps a list of qualified first aiders of the factory and seek their assistance; Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements; Makes sure that all safety equipment are made available to the emergency team; Assists Site Controller with necessary data and to coordinate the emergency activities; Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills verification of

inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller; Maintains liaison with Civil Administration; Ensure availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation center; He will be in liaison with Site Controller/Incident Controller; Ensure transportation facility; Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency

expenditure;



Rev. No. 2

Page 120 of 179


FOR GAIL

Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency; Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

Emergency Coordinator - Essential Services He would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller; Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water, power supply for

lighting; Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain

sections etc. to shift in-charge and electricians; Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other emergency

materials, spares etc. General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency During an emergency, it becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an emergency warning is raised, the workers in-charge, should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to spread panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards objectives of DMP. Emergency Facilities The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency Control Center (ECC): Intercom, telephone; Safe contained breathing apparatus; Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets; Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indications; Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories; Internal P and T, factory layout, site plan; Emergency lamp/torch light/batteries; Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, sources of safety equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape routes; Hazard chart; Emergency shut-down procedures; Nominal roll of employees; List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Coordinators; Duties of key personnel; Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, emergency coordinator, essential employees; Important address and telephone numbers including Government agencies, neighboring industries and sources of help, out side experts, population details around the plant. Assembly Point Number of assembly depending upon the mine location would be identified wherein employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized. In view of the size of plant, different locations should be ear marked as assembly points. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used. Fire Fighting Facilities First aid fire-fighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained in each operation areas of the mine as per statutory requirements. Emergency Medical Facilities Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc. would be maintained in the medical center as well as in the emergency control room. Private medical practitioners help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached



Rev. No. 2

Page 121 of 179


FOR GAIL

for emergency help. An ambulance with driver availability in all the shifts, emergency shift vehicle would be ensured and maintained to transport injured or affected persons. Number of persons would be trained in first aid so that, in every shift first aid personnel would be available. Emergency Actions Emergency Warning Communication of emergency would be made familiar to the personnel inside the mine and people outside. An emergency warning system would be established. Evacuation of Personnel In the event of an emergency, unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time Office maintains a copy of deployment of employees in each shift. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams. All Clear Signal Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Co-ordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it becomes essential, the site controller communicates to the district emergency authority, police and fire service personnel regarding help required or development of the situation into an Off-Site Emergency. General Employee Information During an emergency, employees would be warned by raising siren in specific pattern. Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid measures. Those who would designate as key personnel and essential employees should be given training to emergency response. Co-ordination with Local Authorities Keeping in view of the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are proposed. In the case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and in the event extreme emergency local authorities help should be sought. The on-site emergency organization chart for various emergencies is shown in Figure-1.



Rev. No. 2

Page 122 of 179


FOR GAIL

Figure-7.1: On-site emergency organization chart for various emergencies 7.2.1 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan

The task of preparing the off-site emergency plan lies with the District Collector. However, the off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local District Authorities. The proposed plan will be based on the following guidelines. The main aspects which should be included in the emergency plan are:

Organization Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control centers, names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel. Communications Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, lists of telephone numbers. Specialized Knowledge Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized knowledge of fire control.

Voluntary Organizations Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc.

Off –site incident CONTROLLER

(District Magistrate / District authority)

Affected stake holders and Government

Authorities

Municipal transport rescue and

rehabilitation team

Police Services

CHIEF INCIDENT

CONTROLLER

CM(O&M)

Mutual Aid

SITE INCIDENT

CONTROLLER

HOD (Operation)

Support services

Administration and

Communication Coordinator

Fire Safety and Fire Team / HSE Coordinator

Operational Team, technical

team, etc.

Medical Services and Ambulance

Fire Brigade Services

Level –I Level- II Level III-



Rev. No. 2

Page 123 of 179


FOR GAIL

Chemical Information Details of the hazardous substances stored or procedure on each site and a summary of the risk associated with them. Humanitarian Arrangements Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances, temporary mortuaries. Public Information Arrangements for dealing with the media press office; informing relatives, etc. Meteorological Information Arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at the time and weather forecasts. Assessment Arrangements for: (a) collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b) reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

Role of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer The various emergency services should be co-ordinated by an emergency coordinating officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO should liaise closely with the site main controller. The ECO should inform the DGMS authorities in case of accidents as per the statutory requirement. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents/accidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state

Role of the Local Authority The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liaise with the works, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is continually kept up to date.

It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved off site in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.

Role of Fire Authorities The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water supply points and fire-fighting equipment. They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving only site personnel.

Role of Police Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury.



Rev. No. 2

Page 124 of 179


FOR GAIL

Role of Health Authorities Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and so on, have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals.

Role of Government Safety Authority This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to want to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the offsite plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will apply. These may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close involvement in advising on operations in case involvement in advising on operations.

The typical incident reporting system of GAIL is shown in Figure-2 and district level emergency preparedness plan is shown in Figure-3.

Figure-7.2: Typical Incident Reporting System of GAIL



Rev. No. 2

Page 125 of 179


FOR GAIL

Figure-7.3: District level emergency preparedness plan

The final Emergency plan will be prepared during detailed engineering stage and the following information will be incorporated in the Emergency Plan:

A. Brief Description of Plant Processes & List of the Chemicals/Hydrocarbons and their

Inventories. B. Hazard Identification & Risk Analysis including Individual Risk & Societal Risk Per

Annum Based on QRA/RRA. C. Listing out Onsite & Offsite Emergency Scenarios based on Consequence Analysis. D. Emergency Mitigation Measures including information of Design, Inbuilt Safety

System, Fire Prevention & Protection System. E. Procedures for Onsite & Offsite Mock Drills. F. Response procedures for Identified Onsite & Offsite Scenarios. G. Emergency infrastructures like Emergency Control Centre, Assembly Points,

Emergency Shelters etc. H. Proposed resources for controlling emergency including medical facilities. I. Procedure for information to public/society J. Reporting procedure of Incidents to various Stakeholders. K. Process Flow Diagram, Site Layout Plan, MSDS, Important Telephones Numbers

Internal & External etc. 7.3 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND R&R ACTION PLANS

Social Impact assessment has been carried out and details provided in cl. No. 4.8 of Chapter-4. R&R plan is not applicable for the proposed project as the land is already being leased from MIDC.

7.4 PUBLIC HEARING

As per the Terms of Reference (ToR) vide letter No. IA-J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I) dated 26-10-2017 issued by the MoEFCC, GoI and as per directives of the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board, Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-II has published 30 days' advance public notice in local newspaper Dainik Raigad Times in Marathi and in national newspaper Daily Indian Express on 20-05-2019. The public hearing for above project was arranged on 21-06-2019 at 11.00 a.m. at Ganesh Mangal Karyalaya, Sahan Bypass Road, Alibag Roha Road, Sahan, Taluka-Alibag, Dist - Raigad. As per Office Order issued by Member Secretary, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board Mumbai vide No.E-38 of 2019 under letter no.BO/JD/WPC/PH/B-2168, dated 20-06-2019, following Public Hearing Committee was constituted to conduct the public hearing :-



Rev. No. 2

Page 126 of 179


FOR GAIL

1) Additional District Magistrate, (Representative of District Magistrate, Raigad) - Chairman 2) Regional Officer MPCB, Raigad (Representative of MPCB, Mumbai) - Member 3) Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-11, MPCB - Convener Convener of the Public Hearing Committee informed that as per the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest, Climate Change, Govt. of India, (i.e. MoEFCC, GoI) dated 14th September, 2006 as amended on 1st December, 2009, it is mandatory to conduct prior public consultation to certain projects which are covered in the schedule of the said Notification. MPCB has received proposal for setting up of proposed 500 KTA Propane Dehydration Unit Integrated with Polypropylene Unit at Village- Usar, Taluka- Alibag, Dist- Raigad, Maharashtra. With the permission of Hon'ble Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee, the Convener informed project proponent to give information regarding the project before all the participant. Chairperson of Public Hearing Committee and Additional District Magistrate, Raigad welcomed all and informed officials of the project to explain the details of pollution control devices and environment management plan of the proposed project in local and official language Marathi. The Project Proponent gave the presentation of the proposed project. Environment Management Plan (EMP) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP) in detail in local and official language Marathi. After the presentation, Regional Officer, MPCB, Raigad and Member of the Public Hearing Committee welcomed all and informed the participants to inform the name and place of residence before informing the suggestion or objection. Chairperson of the Public Hearing Committee appealed all to raise any doubts, suggestions and objections against the project. She also directed officials to take note of credentials of all the participants. Minutes of Public Hearing is attached as Annexure-VI.

Followings have participated during the discussions and the answers given by the Project Proponent / Project Consultant / Public Hearing Committee:-

1) Shri Gajanan Patil, Resident of Khanav village. Tal-Alibag. Dist- Raigad:- Shri Gajanan Patil while objecting informed that the land of the local people is acquired for the various projects since 1983. Many big promises were made. But experience of local people is very bitter. Nearly 215 hectors of land is acquired. But Project Affected Persons (PAPs) and poor farmers have not given any benefit and deprived from their right of partnership in the project. As per the information of the local people, 246 persons are PAPs/Khatedar. Only 23 persons is given job opportunities. Others are fighting since last 36 years. The project proponent has not made available the list of PAPs, their present condition. It should be made available. The local youths and youth woman should be given job opportunities in the project. The Government Administration should prescribe the guidelines to Project Proponent to co-operate with the local people. 2) Shri Anant Narayan Gondhali, Resident of Khanav village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad :-

He objected that the land of the local people was acquired in 1981.Only 24PAPs were given job opportunities in the project. The justice was not given to other PAPs till to date. Hence, they do not have any source to survive. All the PAPs have been issued Certificate.



Rev. No. 2

Page 127 of 179


FOR GAIL

Nothing is done till to date and now most of the PAPs who have been issued Certificate have became grandfather. Still no job opportunities is extended to them.

3) Shri Shridhar Madhukar Bhopi, Resident of Beloshi village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad :-

He said that local peoples are supporting the project. They are not against the project. But the problems of PAPs and farmers should be solved. The agriculturists were given fixed rate, but the rate given previously and given today has a vast difference. All the PAPs should be given job opportunities. The policy should be made that farmer should be economically self-sufficient. An agreement in writing should be made with project proponent for solving the issues of PAPs and farmers. 4) Shri Sachin Krishna Shinde, Resident of Usar village, Tal-Alibag, DistRaigad :-

The proposed project falls under the two Grampanchayat. But no development work is carried in the Usar village by the Project Proponent. It is requested to solve the long pending issues of PAPs and local farmers. Our experience is very bitter. Project Proponent should take in hand the Skill Development Programme for the local youths and youth women, for which the survey is essential for the present status of local youths and youth woman, their education qualification. It will be beneficial to the project only.

5) Shri Nilesh Gaykar, Resident of Usar village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad:-

He suggested that there is requirement of 600 personnels in the new project. Hence all the 225 PAPs personnels be appointed in the project. Then only the project proponent should be granted Environmental Clearance. He further said that during the process there will be release of Nitrate and Sulphate. It will affect the surrounding areas. Hence policy of compensation should be worked out on priority. There is scarcity of drinking water in the area. The project proponent has not carried any development work in the Usargaon. Only one bus stop is built. The CSR fund used outside rather than in the local area by the project proponent. 6) Shri Ashok Karnikar, Resident of Usar village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad :

Shri Karnikar while objecting informed that there are 250 PAPs, but only 22-23 PAPs are given the job opportunity. Only 5% farmers have got the Fixed Rate amount.25% people did not get the Fixed Rate amount.

Chairperson, Public Hearing Committee remarked that the views of the local peoples are definitely appreciated. This is also success of Administration also. The suggestions and demands of the local peoples are realistic. The local youths and youth women who are skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled should be given job opportunities as per the recruitment policy of Govt. of India. District Administration will definitely take the follow up. Some photos from the public hearing have been shown below.



Rev. No. 2

Page 128 of 179


FOR GAIL

Fig.-7.4: Photos from the public hearing held for the proposed project





FOR GAIL

Response from project proponent on the issues raised during public hearing (in terms of Action plan with budgetary provisions) is given below:

Table 7.1: Action plan against the issues raised during Public Hearing

Sl. No.

Issues/suggestions/ representations made during Public Hearing

Draft Action Plan/replies by Project Proponent Time Line and Financial

1. Land of the local people was acquired for existing GAIL plant since 1981. As per the information of the local people, 246 persons are Project Affected Persons (PAPs)/ Khatedar. The project proponent has not made available the list of PAPs, their present condition. It was further demanded that list of PAPs should be made available by the Project Proponent. Only 23 or 24 PAPs were given job opportunities under that project. All the PAPs should be given job opportunities. An agreement in writing should be made with project proponent for solving the issues of PAPs and farmers.

Approval of the LPG Usar plant was accorded in year 1993 – 94. MIDC (Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation) acquired the land for industries and allotted a parcel of land to GAIL in May-1995 for the GAIL’s project. Thus GAIL had not acquired the land directly from local people. List of all 246 PAPs is available with Dist. administration, Raigad. Priority certificate for eligibility in getting employment in the factories in MIDC Industrial Area issued by Land Acquisition Officer also distributed to all concerned. At no point of time any commitment or assurance was used by GAIL for providing employment to such people.

1) Equal Job opportunities were given to all PAPs in all the recruitment carried out by GAIL . And as a result, 25 nos. of PAPs were recruited as per GOI rules/regulations.

NA

2. While acquiring the land for the existing project, very less rate was given. As per the new policy, the rate is given five times of the present market rate, which is given to PAPs residing at other areas in the country. The agriculturists were given fixed rate, but the rate given previously and given today has a vast difference. Only 5% farmers have got the Fixed Rate amount. 25% people did not get the Fixed Rate amount.

MIDC (Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation) acquired the land for industries and allotted a parcel of land to GAIL in May-1995 for the GAIL’s project. Thus GAIL had not acquired the land directly from local people. GAIL paid MIDC land lease premium amount for 95 years as per GOI/States rules &regulation. Thus the matter is between MIDC and PAPs.

NA

3. Local youths should be given job opportunities in the project.

Equal opportunity is available to all the qualified youth to apply against the notified vacancies. As a special measure, PAP’s are also provided age relaxation as compared to other candidates for recruitment against the notified vacancies in GAIL. Further, apart from the regular employment, Large number of work force during construction activities will come from local areas, which

NA



Rev. No. 2

Page 130 of 179


FOR GAIL

Sl. No.



will provide opportunity for indirect employment. During operation phase also, local people who are adequately qualifiedwill get the opportunity for the direct/indirect employment and will be eligible for the applicable relaxations as per the rules.

4. Qualified local youth be given training for minimum six months and then job opportunities should be extended. Skill Development Programme should be implemented for the local school students.

Apprentices will be engaged in GAIL work centres at Usar / nearby locations as per the extent framework of GAIL in the following manner :- Initially, during construction phase 5 apprentices per year and later during operational phase, 10 to 15 apprentices /year, based on the requirement.

NA

5. The insurance facility needs to be extended to the people residing near and around the project.

GAIL regularly procures Insurance policy towards any liability arising out of public liability act and other Industrial Accidents in GAIL’s premises.

NA

6. The proposed project falls under the two Grampanchayat. But no development work is carried in the Usar village by the Project Proponent.

1. GAIL (India) Limited has been carrying out various public welfare &

development activities in and around Usar during the previous years,

under its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) program.

2. The major CSR activities have been undertaken in the field of Healthcare

and Community Development. Medical Checkup, free eye testing, free

spectacles distribution, BMI checkup, bone density checking through

specialized orthopedic surgeons & free medicines distribution camps

have been organized in the area over the past few years. Street lights

have been provided for the people staying in and around LPG Plant, Usar

as a part of community development initiatives under CSR.

3. GAIL is ready to further help the local people through its CSR, by

providing facilities based on the needs of that area, in consultation with

District Administration.

As per Govt. directives, for proposed project, M/s. GAIL will spend Rs. 20.77 Crores during next 5 years under various CER activities in the vicinity of project area.

7. There is scarcity of drinking water in the area. The project proponent has not carried any development work in the Usargaon. Only one bus stop is built. The CSR fund used outside rather than in the local area by the project proponent. The wells, lakes in the area need to be developed and maintained well for drinking purposes. There is need of Hospital in the area.

8. One villager said that during the process there will be release of Nitrate and Sulphate.It will affect the surrounding areas. Hence policy of compensation should be worked out on priority.

The proposed plant is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) plant. No liquid effluent will be discharged from proposed plant. Predicted ground level concentration due to air emission shall be far below the National ambient air quality standard. All sold wastes generated inside plant area will be handled as per

NA



Rev. No. 2

Page 131 of 179


FOR GAIL

Sl. No.



Solid Waste Management (SWM) Rules- 2016 and Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

9. Some villagers appealed that a Committee should be constituted to work as co-ordinator to solve their long pending demands.

Public hearing committee has asked villagers to appeal to District Magistrate Office-Raigad to constitute the Committee.

NA


132 Document No.

B078-1742-EI-1901 Rev. No. 2

Page 132 of 179


FOR GAIL

CHAPTER – 8

PROJECT BENEFITS



Rev. No. 2

Page 133 of 179


FOR GAIL

8.1 CONTRIBUTION TO NATIONAL ENERGY SECURITY

India has been witnessing rapid urban and industrial growth in the past two decades, and with the country’s current liberalization policy, this growth is expected to accelerate further. As a consequence of the rapid rate of industrialization in India, polymer products needs are increasing at an equally rapid rate and the supply-demand gap is widening and steps must be taken to address this issue. The proposed project will result in the supply of increased volumes of environmental friendly polymer products to meet the energy security of northern, western and southern region of the country.

8.2 PRODUCTION OF POLYPROPYLENE

Polypropylene is one of the intended major products from the petro-chemical complex. The configuration provides a huge flexibility to the petro-chemical complex and currently matches well, with the product requirements. The benefits of polymer addition project are as follows:

1. Profitability and value addition being higher in producing polymer products 2. Reducing import from other countries.

8.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The proposed project would generate some direct and indirect employment opportunities during construction and operation phases, which will benefit the local people. Additional manpower is envisaged for the project. Also local skilled and unskilled labour will be required during construction and operation phase. Improvement in the overall socio-economic status of the vicinity of project area, in the thematic areas of health, education, livelihood and infrastructure is expected. Social Development is an important component of any project taken by GAIL through CSR and CER activities. An understanding of society is essential in helping people meet their social needs - food, water, shelter, health, knowledge, skills and physical and emotional security. How people define such needs and the priority and value give to them varies tremendously, not only from one country to another, but between different groups of people. A starting point for establishing appropriate and sustainable social services should be an analysis of how individuals, families and communities organise themselves in society to meet their needs as they define them. These facts have been already been noticed by GAIL and some are being focused while carrying out the development programmes in nearby areas. This project will also result in overall environmental quality improvement in this region. Under CER activities GAIL will carry out the following activities which will benefit the people residing at surrounding villages in consultation district administration: Drinking water supply & Sanitation Community Health Support and welfare Education and Skill Development Support in Infrastructure/ Transport facility Technical Support to local farmers Awareness for solar electrification and solid waste management Rain water harvesting and Tree plantation



GAIL


Rev. No. 2

Page 134 of 179

CHAPTER 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS





GAIL

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis, or CBA, refers to the economic appraisal of policies and projects that have the deliberate aim of improving the provision of environmental services or actions that might affect (sometimes adversely) the environment as an indirect consequence. Vital advances have arisen in response to the challenges that environmental problems and environmental policy pose for CBA. It also compares the monetary value of benefits with the monetary value of costs in order to evaluate and prioritize issues. The effect of time (i.e. the time it takes for the benefits of a change to repay its costs) is taken into consideration by calculating a payback period. In its simple form, CBA

uses only financial costs and financial benefits.

As per EIA notification, dated: 14th September, 2006, Environmental cost benefit analysis is applicable only when recommended at the scoping stage. However as per the ToR points issued by MoEF&CC, Delhi vide letter No. IA-J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I) dated 26th October, 2017 (attached as Annexure-I) Environmental cost benefit analysis is not recommended at the scoping stage, and has therefore not been carried out.





FOR GAIL

CHAPTER – 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN





FOR GAIL

10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is planning and implementation of various pollution abatement measures for any proposed project. The EMP lists out all these measures not only for the operational phase of the plant but also for the construction phase and planning phase. The EMP is prepared keeping in view all possible strategies oriented towards the impact minimisation. The EMP for the proposed project is divided into two phases i.e. Construction and Operational phase. The planning phase lists out the control strategies to be adopted during the design considerations. The construction and operational phase details the control/abatement measures to be adopted during these phases.

10.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AT PLANNING PHASE

Design Considerations Government of India has made many legislations/rules for the protection and improvement of environment in India. Various environmental legislations/rules applicable to the proposed project facilities are given in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1 Indian Environmental Legislation/Rules

Legal Instrument Relevant articles/provisions

The Environment (Protection)

Act, 1986, amended up to

1991

Section 7: Not to allow emission or discharge of

environmental pollutants in excess of prescribed standards

Section 8: Handling of Hazardous substances

Section 10: Power of entry and inspection

Section 11: Power to take samples

Section 15 – 19: Penalties and procedures

Environment (Protection)

Rules, 1986 (Amendments in

1999, 2001, 2002, 2002, 2003,

2004, March 2008 )

Rule 3: Standards for emissions or discharge of

environmental pollutants

Rule 5: Prohibition and restriction on the location of

industries and the carrying on process and operations in

different areas

Rule 13: Prohibition and restriction on the handling of

hazardous substances in different areas

Rule 14: Submission of environmental statement

The Air (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act 1981,

as amended upto 1987.

Section 21: Consent from State Boards

Section 37: Penalties and Procedures

MoEF notification dated

November 18, 2009 vide

circular no G.S.R 186(E) for

ambient air quality

National Ambient air quality standards

The Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974,

as amended upto 2003.

Section 3: Levy and Collection of Cess

Section 24: Prohibition on disposal

Section 25: Restriction on New Outlet and New Discharge





FOR GAIL

Legal Instrument Relevant articles/provisions

Section 26: Provision regarding existing discharge of sewage

or trade effluent

EIA Notification 2006 and

subsequent amendments

Requirements and procedure for seeking environmental

clearance of projects

Noise Pollution (Regulation

and Control) Rules, 2000,

amended up to 2010.

Ambient noise standards and requirements of DG sets

Manufacture storage and

import of hazardous chemicals

rules 1989 amended 2000

Rule 4: Responsibility of operator

MoEF notification dated March

18, 2016 vide circular no

G.S.R 320(E) for Plastic

Waste (Management and

Handling) Rules

Section 8: Responsibility of waste generator

MoEF notification dated March

23, 2016 vide circular no

G.S.R 338(E) for e-waste

(Management) Rules

Section 5: Responsibility of producer

MoEF notification dated April

4, 2016 vide circular no G.S.R

338(E) for Hazardous and

Other Wastes (Management

and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

Section 4: Responsibilities of the occupier for management

of hazardous and other wastes

Section 6: Grant of authorisation for managing hazardous

and other wastes

Section 8: Storage of hazardous and other wastes

Section 9: Utilisation of hazardous and other wastes

MoEF notification dated April

8, 2016 vide circular no G.S.R

1357(E) for Solid Waste

Management Rules,

2016Solid Waste

Management Rules, 2016

Section 4: Duties of waste generators

Proposed project shall be designed taking into account the above-referred legislations/rules and as per the directives of Environmental Clearance documents. Besides this the proposed effluent and emission standards will also be compiled for this Project. During the design stage, all piping and instrumentation diagrams and plant layout shall be reviewed as a part of HAZOP/HAZAN studies to assess the risks involved. The mitigation measures for the potential negative impacts anticipated from the proposed project and environmental monitored schedule are described in this chapter. It shall be the responsibility of overall Project-in-charge in consultation with technical service team to ensure that all of the mitigation measures as per EIA report and EC conditions are implemented and effectively monitored.





FOR GAIL

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during construction phase is localized in nature, reversible and is for a short period. Various measures planned for management of various components of environment are given in subsequent sections.

10.2.1 Air Environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Low)

Preventive maintenance of vehicles and equipment.

Vehicles with valid Pollution under Control certificates to be used.

Unnecessary engine operations to be minimized.


Controlled vehicle speed on site.

Vehicle to be covered during transportation of material

Providing dust collection equipment at all possible points

Following care would be taken for management of air quality during construction phase - The storage and handling of soil, sub-soil, topsoil and materials will be

carefully managed to minimize the risk of wind blow down material and dust

- There will be no on-site burning of any waste arising from any construction activity.

- Dust masks should be provided to construction workers, while carrying out operations that may entails potential for dust generation.

10.2.2 Water environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Consumption of water - Low)

Sewage and grey water from construction camps and work sites.

Cleaning and washing water for vehicle and equipment maintenance area.

During construction phase, used construction water is the only effluent generated due to construction activities and most of the effluent generated will be so small that it will either get percolated to ground or get evaporated.

Construction phase (Impact significance: Generation of effluent - Low)

Monitoring water usage at construction camps to prevent wastage.

Ensuring there are no chemical or fuel spills at water body crossings.

Marginal additional sanitary water will be collected and disposed through tankers using gully suckers to common waste treatment facility.

Usage of existing toilets for construction staff. Rainwater Harvesting Considering the climatic conditions and the scarce surface as well as groundwater availability in the region, state of the art rain water harvesting system is strongly recommended in the proposed project. The run-off from the most of the paved surfaces could be routed through a suitably designed storm water drainage system and collected in storm water collection sump. For augmenting the ground water resources in the proposed plant premises, number of rainwater harvesting





FOR GAIL

wells could be constructed with internal drains where excess rain water flowing in drain could be diverted to rain water storage sumps for reuse. To facilitate water harvesting, collection and storage of rainwater, the rain water storage system needs to be located at an appropriate location on the site keeping in view the slope contours and collection point. Provision should also be made for temporary collection of storm water and routing it to the water harvesting structures to recharge the ground water table. The designing of the system depends on various factors and needs to be undertaken during detailed engineering design of the project. The existing practice of rainwater storage by local villagers in the region may be studied for its implementation. Guidance from Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) could be taken for finalization of appropriate rain water harvesting technology. However, it must be ensured that these wells will be utilized only during monsoon and no wastewater should find way to these wells during operation phase of the proposed project.

10.2.3 Land environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Land use & topography - Low, Soil quality - Low)

Sufficient protective measures shall be adopted to avoid soil erosion during construction in the rainy season.

Restricting all construction activities to the maximum possible extent inside the project boundary.

The top-soil soil stock pile is not contaminated with any type of spills.

Any material resulting from clearing and grading should not be deposited on approach roads, streams or ditches, which may hinder the passage and/or natural water drainage.

After final site grading is complete, ensuring that the excess excavated material is not dumped indiscriminately but used for filling low lying areas construction by locals.

Developing project specific waste management plan

Developing and maintaining dedicated waste storage areas

10.2.4 Noise environment


Preventive maintenance of equipment and vehicles

Unnecessary engine operations to be minimized (e.g. equipment with intermitted use switched off when not working)

DG sets to be provided with acoustic enclosures and exhaust mufflers.

10.2.5 Biological environment


Avoid cutting of tress wherever possible, especially the endangered species observed in the study area.

Exploring opportunities for conservation of endangered species.


Prevent littering of work sites with wastes, especially plastic.

Training of drivers to maintain speed limits and avoid road-kills.





FOR GAIL

10.2.6 Socio-economic environment


Training contractors on company safety policy requirements

Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles within the project area

Determine of the safe, legal load limits of all bridges and roads that will be used by heavy vehicles and machinery.

Upgrading local roads, wherever required, to ensure ease of project activity and community safety

Consolidating deliveries of materials and personnel to project sites, whenever feasible, to minimize flow of traffic

Minimizing interruption of access to community use of public infrastructure


Monitoring construction camp safety and hygiene


Preventing possession of firearms by project-personnel, except those responsible for security

Project-related waste and wastewater is disposed in a responsible manner

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION PHASE

The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during operation phase is localized in nature, non-reversible and is for a long period. Various measures planned for management of various components of environment are given in subsequent sections.


Operation phase (Impact significance: Low)


Monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

10.3.2 Water environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Consumption of water -Low, Generation of effluent - Low)

Tracking of consumption.

Development of rainwater harvesting pits

Maximum Utilization Of Treated Water

Zero liquid discharge concept to be adopted.

10.3.3 Land environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Soil quality - Low)

Developing and maintaining dedicated waste storage areas,

Spent Catalyst after every 4 years will be generated. Logging the details of waste sent back to manufacturer/authorized recyclers.

10.3.4 Noise environment







FOR GAIL



10.3.5 Biological environment


Development of greenbelt is of prime importance due to their capacity to reduce noise and air pollution impacts by attenuation/assimilation and for providing food and habitat for local macro and micro fauna.

Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored and the trees, which could not survive should be replaced by more tolerant native species.

Social awareness program about the importance of conservation of flora and fauna especially medicinal plants, rare and endangered species and their ecological role need to be conducted.

Plantation and maintenance of additional trees during operation phase.

10.3.6 Socio-economic environment


Employment opportunity may be provided to local people during operation phase considering their skills and abilities as per procedures & practices adopted by company.

It must be ensured that the agricultural activity near the project sites must not get affected.

Required collaboration between project authority and local bodies is necessary for the smooth functioning of the project as well as for the progress of the region.

The facilities like education, medical, transportation, sanitation are poor in rural area. This provision needs to be strengthened under social welfare activity.

For all the social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities, collaboration should be sought with the local administrations viz. Gram Panchayat, C.D. Block office etc. for better co-ordination and also to reach to the public.

Sanitation facilities in rural area are inadequate. The unsanitary conditions cause health problems. The medical facilities in the area are very poor. As such health camps for general health, eye check up, family planning, health awareness should be conducted for the rural people.

Communication with the local community should be institutionalized & done on regular basis by the project authorities to provide as opportunity for mutual discussion.

Project authorities should organize regular environmental awareness programmes to bring & environmental management measures being undertaken for improving their quality of life.

For social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities collaboration may be sought with local administration gram panchayat block development office etc for better co-ordination.

10.4 MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT The resultant ambient air quality levels after the operation of the plant will be within the prescribed limits; impact on flora and fauna is not envisaged. The following recommendations are suggested for further implementation:





FOR GAIL

Clearing of existing vegetation should be kept to minimum and should be done

only when absolutely necessary;

Plantation programme should be undertaken in all available areas. This should include plantation in the expanded areas, along the roads, on solid waste dump yards etc;

Use of biogas, solar energy, should be encouraged both at individual and at society levels; and

Plantation should be done along the roads, without affecting plant operational safety. This will not only improve the flora in the region but will add to the aesthetics of the region.

10.4.1 Greenbelt Development Plan

An area of 33% of the total plot area will be earmarked for green cover/belt development. GAIL has earmarked 43 ha out of 130 ha for green cover/belt development. EIL has made a detailed greenbelt plan and suggested plant species for plantation purpose. A budget of Rs. 2.5 crores is allocated for plantation activities. GAIL will plant and look after the planted species taking suggestions of appropriate consultant for greenbelt development. Existing Greenbelt Area Green belt area: 35 hectres. No. of trees in green belt area: 52000 Nos (Approx) Tree species: 64 Nos Abundantly seen tree species: Acacia auriculiformis, Acacia leucophloea, Acacia leucophloea, Azadirachta indica, Bauhinia indica, Bombax ceiba. Photos of existing green belt/plantation are given below:





FOR GAIL

Figure 10.1 Photos of existing green belt/plantation

10.4.2 Guidelines for plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development will be planted using pitting technique. The pit size will be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm. Bigger pit size is preferred on marginal and poor quality soils. Soil proposed to be used for filling the pit will be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure or sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis) for 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soils will be completed at least 5 - 10 days before the actual plantation. Healthy seedlings of identified species will be planted in each pit.





FOR GAIL

10.4.3 Species Selection

Based on the regional background and soil quality, greenbelt will be developed. In greenbelt development, monocultures are not advisable due to its climatic factor and other environmental constrains. Greenbelt with varieties of species is preferred to maintain species diversity, rational utilization of nutrients and for maintaining health of the trees. Prepared in this way, the greenbelt will develop a favorable microclimate to support different microorganisms in the soil and as a result of which soil quality will improve further.

During the course of survey, it has been observed that the soil quality of the plant site is fairly good and can support varieties of dry deciduous plant species for greenbelt development. Manure and vermin-compost may be mixed with the soil used for filling the pit for getting better result for survival of plant species. Adequate watering is to be done to background, extent of pollution load, soil quality, rainfall, temperature and human interactions, a number of species have been suggested to develop greenbelt inside the GAIL plant premises. These species can be planted in staggering arrangements within the plant premises. Some draught resistant plant species have been identified which can be planted for greenbelt development if sufficient water is not available (CPCB book on Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts). The suitable species for greenbelt development program are given in Table 10.2 to maintain the growth of young seedlings.

Table 10.2 Suggested species for plantation in greenbelt development

Sl No

Species Name Family Type Areas to be

planted

1 Acacia auriculiformis A.Cunn.ex Benth.

Mimosaceae Tree Avenue

2 Acacia catechu Willd. Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt

3 Acacia farnesiana (L.) Willd.


4 Acacia ferruginea DC. Mimosaceae Tree Avenue

5 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd.

Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt

6 Acacia mellifera (Vahl) Benth.


7 Acacia polycantha Willd.


8 Achras sapota L. Sapotaceae Tree Residential

9 Actinodaphne angustifolia Nees.

Lauraceae Tree Avenue

10 Adenanthera pavonia L.


11 Adina cordifolia Roxb. Rubiaceae Tree Greenbelt

12 Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa ex Roxb.

Rutaceae Tree Residential

13 Ailanthus excelsa Simarubaceae Tree Greenbelt

14 Albizia amara Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt

15 Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt

16 Albizia odoratissima Benth.






FOR GAIL

Sl No


planted

17 Aleurites fordii Hemsl Euphorbiaceae Tree Greenbelt

18 Alstonia scholaris (L.) R.Br.

Apocynaceae Tree Avenue

19 Annona reticulata L. Annonaceae Tree Residential

20 Annona sqamosa L. Annonaceae Tree Residential

21 Anogeissus latifolia Wall.

Combretaceae Tree Greenbelt

22 Anthocephalus chinensis Lamk.

Rubiaceae Tree Avenue

23 Aphanamixis polystachya (Wall) Parker

Meliaceae Tree Avenue

24 Artocarpus heterophyllus Lamk.

Urticaceae Tree Residential

25 Artocarpus lacucha Bucb.

Urticaceae Tree Residential

26 Azadirachta indica A. Juss.

Meliaceae Tree Avenue

27 Balanites roxburghii Planch.

Zygophyllaceae Tree Avenue

28 Bambusa arundinacia (Retz.) Roxb.

Poaceae Shrub Park/Office

29 Bambusa vulgaris Schrad.

Poaceae Shrub Park/Office

30 Bauhinia acuminata L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue

31 Bauhinia purpurea L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue

32 Bauhinia racemosa Lam.

Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue

33 Bauhinia semla Wanderlin


34 Bauhinia variegata L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue

35 Bischofia javanica Blume

Euphorbiaceae Tree

36 Bougainvillea spetabilis Willd.

Nyctaginaceae Shrub Park/Office

37 Bridelia squamosa Lamk.

Euphorbiaceae Tree Greenbelt

38 Buchnania lanzan Spreng

Anacardiaceae Tree Greenbelt

39 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub.

Papilionaceae Tree Greenbelt

40 Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Swartz.

Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Avenue

41 Callistemon citrinus (Curtis) Stapf

Myrtaceae Shrub Park/Office

42 Cassia fistula L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue

43 Cassia renigera Wall ex. Benth

Avenue





FOR GAIL

Sl No


planted

44 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn.

Bombacaceae Tree Greenbelt

45 Cordia dichotoma Forst

Cordiaceae Tree Greenbelt

46 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb.

Caesalpiniaceae Tree Greenbelt

47 Dalbergia sisoo Roxb. Tree Greenbelt/Avenue

48 Delonix regia (Bojer) Rafin.


49 Dendrocalamus strictus Nees

Poaceae Shrub Park/Residential

50 Duranta repens L. Verbenaceae Herb Park

51 Emblica officinalis Gaertn.

Euphorbiaceae Tree Residential

52 Erythrina variegata L. Tree Avenue

53 Eucalyptus citriodora Hook.

Myrtaceae Tree Greenbelt

54 Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm.

Myrtaceae Tree Greenbelt

55 Ficsu benghalensis L. Moraceae Tree Greenbelt

56 Ficus benjamina L. Moraceae Tree Avenue

57 Ficus elastica Roxb.ex Hornem

Moraceae Tree Park/Office

58 Ficus racemosa L. Moraceae Tree Greenbelt

59 Ficus religiosa L. Moraceae Tree Greenbelt

60 Gardenia jasminoides Ellis

Rubiaceae Shrub Park/Residential

61 Gardenia resinifera Roth

Rubiaceae Shrub Park/Residential

62 Grevillea robusta A. cunn.

Proteaceae Tree Greenbelt

63 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L.

Malvaceae Shrub Park/Office

64 Hippophae rhamnoides L.

Elaeganaceae Tree Avenue

65 Holoptelia integrifolia (Roxb.) DC.

Ulmaceae Tree Greenbelt

66 Ixora arborea Roxb. Rubiaceae Shrub Greenbelt

67 Ixora coccinea L. Rubiaceae Herb Park

68 Ixora rosea Wall. Rubiaceae Herb Park

69 Kigelia africana Lamk Bignoniaceae Tree Greenbelt

70 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb

Lythraceae Tree Avenue

71 Lagerstroemia speciosa L.

Lythraceae Tree Avenue





FOR GAIL

Sl No


planted

72 Lantana camara L. var. aculeata (L.) Mold.

Verbenaceae Herb Park/Office

73 Mallotus philippensis (Lour) Muell

Euphorbiaceae Tree Greenbelt

74 Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Tree Greenbelt

75 Millingtonia hortensis L.f.

Bignoniaceae Tree Avenue

76 Mimusops elengi L. Sapotaceae Tree Avenue

77 Murraya paniculata (L.) Jack

Rutaceae Shrub Residential

78 Nerium oleander L. Apocynaceae Shrub Park/Residential

79 Nyctanthus arbor-tristis L.

Oleaceae Shrub Park/Residential

80 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb.

Arecaceae Shrub Park

81 Plumeria alba L. Apocynaceae Shrub Park/Residential

82 Plumeria rubra L. Apocynaceae Shrub Park/Residential

83 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw

Annonaceae Tree Residential/Office

84 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre

Tree Avenue

85 Psidium guajava L. Myrtaceae Tree Residential

86 Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr.


87 Sesbania grandiflora (L.) Poir.

Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Residential

88 Sesbania speciosa Taub. ex Engl.

Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Residential

89 Soymida febrifuga A.Juss.

Meliaceae Tree Greenbelt

90 Spathodea campanulata Beauv.

Bignoniaceae Tree Avenue

91 Sterculia foetida L. Sterculiaceae Tree Greenbelt

92 Syzigium cumini L. Myrtaceae Tree Residential

93 Taberneamontana divaricata (L.) Burkill

Apocynaceae Shrub Residential/Park

94 Tecoma stans (L.) Kunth

Bignoniaceae Shrub Residential/Park

95 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb.ex DC.) Wight & Arn.

Combretaceae Tree Greenbelt/Avenue





FOR GAIL

Sl No


planted

96 Terminalia chebula Retz.

Combretaceae Tree Greenbelt

97 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam.

Rhamnaceae Tree Greenbelt

The species suggested here are commonly seen in and around the project area, fast growing and drought resistant. Seedlings / saplings of these species can be easily procured from local nurseries. The selection of plant species for the green belt development depends on various factors such as climate, elevation and soil. The plants suggested for green belt were selected based on the following desirable characteristics.

Fast growing and providing optimum penetrability.

Evergreen with minimal litter fall.

Wind-firm and deep rooted.

The species will form a dense canopy.

Indigenous and locally available species.

Trees with high foliage density, larger of leaf sizes and hairy on surfaces.

Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought.

Soil improving plants, such as nitrogen fixing plants, rapidly decomposable leaf litter.

Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing.

Bird and insect attracting plant species.

Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance.

Species which can trap/sequester carbon. 10.4.4 Phase wise Greenbelt Development Plan

Greenbelt will be developed in a phase wise manner right from the construction phase of the proposed project. In the first phase along with the start of the construction activity all along the plant boundary, open space areas, and major roads will be planted. In the second phase the office building like Canteen, Administrative building, Fire Safety office area and other constructed buildings will be planted. In the third phase when all the construction activity is complete plantation will be taken up in the gap areas of plant area, around different units, in stretch of open land and along other connecting roads, parks and residential quarters.

The total construction period is 48 months from the date of starting of construction. The first phase of the plantation programme will start immediately with the start of construction and run upto 24 months. The second phase will start after 24 months and continue upto 48 months.

10.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during construction phase is localised in nature and is for a short period at all sites. In order to develop effective mitigation plan, it is important to conceive the specific activities during construction phase causing environmental impact. All the construction activities are undertaken, controlled and managed by EPCM contractor. It is mandatory for EPCM contractor to develop site/project specific HSE





FOR GAIL

Policy, HSE Plan, HSE management system for complete EPCM phase of the project. The various HSE requirements/Deliverables that will be developed is given in Table 10.3.

Table 10.3 Elements of HSE Management System during EPC Phase

S.No. Element of HSE Management System

HSE Requirements/Deliverables

1.0 Preservation Development of Principal Environmental Flow Diagram and Environmental Balance

2.0 Progress HSE Measurement Requirements

3.0 Durable Development Implementation Plan for Environmental Management Plan indicated in Final EIA report (Approved by MoEF)

4.0 Regulation Environmental Philosophy & Safety Philosophy

5.0 Prevention and Proactive Management of Risk

Implementation of findings of Risk Assessment Study

6.0 Continuous Improvement

6.1 HSE Close out Report

6.2 HSE Audit Requirements

6.3 Project HSE Review

7.0 Formation and Sensitisation HSE Training Requirements

8.0 Information and Communication

8.1 HSE Communication Requirements

8.2 HSE Resources

8.3 Competency Requirements

8.4 HSE Documentation

8.5 HSE Records

8.6 HSE Procedures

9.0 Responsibilities HSE Management System Requirements

10.5.1 Air Quality

As mentioned in Chapter-4, there will be minimal increase in particulate matter levels in ambient air during construction of proposed activities. All the major dust generation construction activities will be regularly planned and controlled under the supervision of HS Manager. Records will be documented for the ambient air quality monitored before and during all dust generation construction activities. Necessary control and management will be taken at site by HS manager as appropriate. All such records will be reviewed for corrective and preventive action.

10.5.2 Noise Quality

Ambient noise levels measured at various locations within the study area are found within limits. All the major noise generation construction activities will be regularly planned and controlled under the supervision of HS Manager. As indicated in Table 10.3, Sl. No. 8.5 records will be documented for the ambient noise monitored before and during all noise generation construction activities. Necessary control and management will be taken at site by HS manager as appropriate. Also as indicated in Table 10.3 of Sl. No. 6.3, all such records will be reviewed for corrective and preventive action.





FOR GAIL

10.5.3 Water Quality

All the major water consumption and waste water generation construction activities will be regularly planned and controlled under the supervision of HS Manager. As indicated in Table 6.3 of S. No. 8.5 HSE records will be documented for the total water supplied through existing Pipe line from MIDC and wastage of the same shall be monitored before and during all such construction activities. Necessary control and management will be taken at site by HS manager as appropriate. Also as indicated in Table 6.3 of S. No. 6.3, all such records will be reviewed for corrective and preventive action.

10.5.4 Socio-economic

The presence of highly skilled labour force around the plant area will ensure the availability of labour at construction site. This will lead to non-requirement of any kind of temporary housing near the construction site but may put stress in the existing transport system and traffic density. A proper traffic and man power management may reduce this problem in a substantial way. The health records of all construction force will be collected and will be supervised by medical in-charge specially appointed by EPC Contractor.

Some of the measures recommended towards improvement in socio-economic environment are suggested as follows:

a) Use of local labour to the maximum extent. b) Provision of minimum wages for construction workers as per the Maharashtra

State Government Norms. c) Strict compliance of all applicable labour laws of Centre/State Govt. d) Adequate sanitation and drinking water facilities e) Safety demonstration programmes, training to workers and provision of

adequate personal safety equipment. f) Use of reliable and sound construction practices.

10.5.5 Biological Environment

The existing green belt shall be developed in the petro-chemical complex.

10.6 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN OPERATION PHASE

All the operation activities are undertaken, controlled and managed by EPCM contractor. It is mandatory for EPCM contractor to develop site/project specific HSE Policy, HSE Plan, HSE management system for complete commissioning and operational phases of the project. The various HSE requirements that will be carried out by the HSE team of the organization are listed below:

a. Review and assessment of adequacy of measures implemented as per

Environmental Management Plan, Disaster Management Plan (Onsite and Offsite) and Emergency Preparedness Plan and all other measures suggested by Statutory Authorities.

b. Monitoring of Environmental balance and its parameters and its compliance to requirements specified as per statutory requirements/design requirements.

c. Mock Safety drills to assess the readiness of the control of major accidents and hazards.

d. Conducting HSE audits and Reviews.

The environmental management plan during the operational phase of the plant shall therefore be directed towards the following:





FOR GAIL

Ensuring the operation of various process units as per specified operating guidelines/operating manuals.

Strict adherence to maintenance schedule for various machinery/equipment.

Good Housekeeping practices.

Post project environmental monitoring. 10.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

For the proposed project, action plan for the implementation Health and Safety provisions as per the Factories Act, 1948 and Rules framed there under is as shown below:

Display of Occupational Health & Safety Policy;

To comply with statutory legal compliance related to the OHC dept.;

Develop Onsite and Offsite emergency plan as Emergency Procedures to respond to Potential Emergencies;

Schedule Regular Emergency Evacuation Drills by active participation and evaluation as and when drill planned by safety department;

Six monthly periodic medical examinations of all workers working with the hazardous process;

Reporting of all incidence and accidents by Accident & Incidence Reporting System;

Investigation of all incidence and accidents by Investigation Report System;

MSDS of all chemicals of company;

Review of first aid facility;

Preparing first aider & its information at work place;

Identifying training needs of all the departments;

Awareness of Occupational Hazards & General health promotional in workers by conducting lectures for occupational health hazards in annual planner at training center;

Up-keep of ambulance & OHC by maintaining records.

10.7.1 Health

In order to provide safe working environment and safeguard occupational health and hygiene, the following measures will be undertaken:

Periodic compulsory medical examination for all the plant employees as per

the Factories Act requirement and specific medical examination. All the employees shall be trained in Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

aspects related to their job. Exposure of workers to noise, particularly in areas housing equipment which

produce 85dB(A) or more will be monitored by noise decimeters. Audiometric tests are also done at periodic intervals for all the plant employees.

Regular (6 monthly) periodic medical checkup of contract and subcontract workers working at hazardous processes is done as per clause 68 T of Factory’s Act.

10.8 DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY OF THE AREA 10.8.1 Social Responsibility

The local population shall be supported to take up the opportunities afforded by the increased economic activities in the area. Efforts shall be made to promote





FOR GAIL

concord with the local populace. Further, the positive perceptions of the local people about the project shall be consolidated by enabling socio-economic development activities such as up gradation of health facilities and educational infrastructure in coordination/association with the local government /development agencies in area.

10.8.2 Energy Conservation measures

Properly implemented energy saving measures may reduce considerable amount of expenditure and emission of green house gases. Various measures have been envisaged in the Project area to conserve energy.

The suggested measures are as follows:

a) Use of CFL/LED. b) Use of Low-pressure sodium lamps for outdoor lighting along the road and

security lighting with Solar Street Lights mix. c) Solar lighting will be provided in the main control room and in areas where

safety related equipment are located. d) Use of solar water heaters for hospital, guest house. e) Automatic timing control mechanism will be incorporated in the street

lighting to save energy. Mechanism will involve staggering of on-off sequence of street lights.

f) Designing the structures having proper ventilation and natural light. g) The hostels, guest house, hospital etc. shall have solar water heating

systems. The street lights shall have 20% mix of solar lights. h) The street lighting shall be controlled by staggering of putting on-off of

lights in particular sequence. 10.8.3 Use of Renewable and Alternate Source of Energy

A detailed survey of the site is carried out during environmental data collection for use of renewable and alternate source of energy such as wind energy and solar energy. However, based on techno-economic considerations, the following are suggested:

a) Use of solar heaters and solar lights at public buildings such as guest

houses, canteens, hospital etc. b) Use of solar lights for street lighting limited to 20%. The street lighting shall

be controlled by staggering of putting on-off of lights in particular sequence.

10.8.4 Development of Carbon Manual

Also to demonstrate the need of sustainable use of fossil fuels, carbon foot print will be assessed using customized software and will be widely publicized.

10.8.5 CSR Activities

CSR Budget Spent for the Last Five Years at GAIL, Usar is given in Table 10.5.





FOR GAIL

Table 10.4 Details of CSR budget spent for the last five years at GAIL, Usar

Sr.No.

Year Thrust Area Details of CSR Acvitity

Approved Estimate

(Rs.in Lacs)

Actual Expenditure (Rs.in Lacs)

1 2013-14 Healthcare/

Medical

a) General Medical checkup and Medicine Distribution Camp alongwith free eye testing and distribution of free spectacles for the people staying in and around LPG Plant, Usar (Rs.3.55 Lacs) and b) BMI Check-up, Bone Density Testing through sepcialized Orthopedic Surgeons for the people staying in and around LPG Plant, Usar (Rs.4.49 Lacs)

8.04 7.77

2 2014-15 NIL

3 2015-16 Community Development

Providing Street Light poles to the villages coming under Group Gram Panchayat, Beloshi (i.e Beloshi, Malyan, Mahajane, Walwali, Wave, Ghotwade, Patwadi, Sagwadi and Diwiwadi)

13.6 13.6

4 2016-17 NIL

5 2017-18 NIL

10.8.6 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) refers to a company's duties to abstain from damaging natural environments. The idea of corporate environmental responsibility (CER) is for humans to be more aware of the environmental impact and counteract their pollution/carbon footprint on the natural resources.

The following factors cover the environmental implications of a company's operations:

Eliminate waste and emissions Maximize the efficient use of resources and productivity Minimize activities that might impair the enjoyment of resources by future

generations.

Various CER activities will be carried out by GAIL in the vicinity of proposed project area with budget during next 5 years. The budget for CER activities is provisioned as Rs. 20.77 Crores (approx. 0.31 % of total project cost in line with MoEFCC notification vide F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III; dated: 01.05.2018) and the calculation of CER cost is also given below:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_environment





FOR GAIL

Table 10.5: CER Budget calculation for proposed project

The above funds will be spent in various CER activities during 5 years like Solar Lighting/Solar pump (Irrigation) system, Drinking Water Facilities, greenbelt development, Air quality monitoring in surrounding area etc. in addition to the cost envisaged for the implementation of the EIA/EMP which includes the measures for the pollution control, environmental protection and conservation. Detailed of CER activities plan with cost break up over the 5 years is given below:

Table 10.6: CER activities plan with cost break up over the 5 years

Sl. No.

CER Activities 1st Year (Rs. In Lakhs)

2nd Year (Rs. In Lakhs)

3rd Year (Rs. In Lakhs)

4th Year (Rs. In Lakhs)

5th Year (Rs. In Lakhs)

1. Drinking water supply & Sanitation

110 80 90 30 70

2. Community Health Support and welfare

75 70 60 70 50

3. Education and Skill Development

50 70 50 70 90

4. Support in Infrastructure/ Transport facility

50 50 80.4 65 50

5. Technical Support to local farmers

30.4 50 35 40 35

6. Awareness for solar electrification and solid waste management

30 60 30 50 40.4

7. Rain water harvesting and Tree plantation

70 35.4 70 90.4 80

Total Expense (Rs. In Lakhs) 415.4 415.4 415.4 415.4 415.4

10.9 ESTIMATED COST FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

Considering all measures suggested above, cost is worked out for implementation of environmental management plan and is given in Table 10.7 & 10.8. The total estimated budget for implementation of EMP is worked out as Rs. 1025 Lakhs towards capital cost and Rs. 138 Lakhs towards recurring cost per annum.

S. No.

Capital Investment / Additional capital

Investment (Rs. in Crores)

Brownfield Project - % of Additional Capital

Investment

CER Budget Cost

(Rs. in Crores)

1 Upto 100 1.0 % 1

2 400 0.75 % 3

3 500 0.5 % 2.5

4 5707.67 0.25 % 14.27

Total CER Budget 20.77





FOR GAIL

Table 10.7: Budget of Environmental Management Plan (Capital Cost)

Sl. No. Activity Cost

(Rupees in Lakhs)

1.0 Air Environment

1.1 Plantation Activities (Trees and Shrubs)

250.0

1.2 Online analyzers & monitoring 200.0

2.0 Noise Environment

2.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1

2.2 Audiometric tests 5.0

3.0 Water Environment

3.1 Rain water Harvesting pits 50.0

3.2 New Packaged ETP 500.0

4.0 Land Environment


4.2 Solid waste management 20.0

5.0 Biological Environment


Budget for EMP (Capital Cost) 1025.0

Table 10.8: Budget of Environmental Management Plan (Recurring Cost per

Annum)

Sl. No. Activity Cost

(Rupees in Lakhs)

1.0 Air Environment

1.1 Additional Plantation Activities (Trees and Shrubs)

100.0

1.2 Air quality monitoring 20.0



2.2 Audiometric tests 3.0


3.1 Rain water Harvesting pits 5.0 4.0 Land Environment


4.2 Solid waste management 10.0



Budget for EMP (Recurring Cost per Annum)

138.0





FOR GAIL

10.10 Quality, Safety, Health and Environmental Policy

GAIL is having well documented Quality, Environment, Occupational Health and Safety Policy for the workers and employees who are working in the Plant. The HSE policy of GAIL is given below as Figure 10.2.

Figure 10.2 HSE policy of GAIL


158 EIA STUDY FOR PDH

UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL




AT USAR FOR GAIL

.

CHAPTER – 11

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION





AT USAR FOR GAIL

11.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Executive Summary covers the following topics in brief: 1. Project Description 2. Description of Environment 3. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation measures 4. Environmental Monitoring Program 5. Environment Management Plan 6. Additional studies 7. Project Benefits

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

GAIL (India) Limited is India’s principal Gas Transmission and Marketing Company under the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government of India. GAIL is also in the business of Gas Processing, Petrochemicals, LPG, Transmission and Telecommunications. The company has also extended its presence in Power, Liquefied Natural Gas regasification, City Gas Distribution and Exploration & Production through equity and joint ventures participations.

GAIL has six LPG recovery plants across various states in India. LPG recovery Plant at Usar was commissioned in 1998 with design capacity to process 5.0 MMSCMD of rich gas. Presently, LPG USAR plant is under shutdown due to non-availability of rich gas.

GAIL is planning to utilize the land and other facilities existing at Usar and set up GAIL Petrochemical Complex Project’ Usar “wherein a 500 KTPA Propane Dehydrogenation unit integrated with Polypropylene unit is proposed to be set up.

The proposed facilities will be set-up along with the existing facilities at USAR. The proposed project shall benefit from the land in possession of GAIL as well as coastal location of the existing facility for both Propane Import and product evacuation, nearby port facility, proximity to highways and ease of getting environmental clearance.

As per the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi, any new project or modernization or expansion project need to have an Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC. In accordance with this, GAIL decided to conduct Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study. Based on the TOR, three months non-monsoon baseline data of 15th December, 2017- 15th March, 2018 was collected and analyzed. M/s GAIL has entrusted M/s Engineers India Limited (EIL) to carry out environment impact assessment study and preparation of environmental management plan for various environmental components of the proposed project. EIL is an accredited consultant for carrying out EIA studies by Quality Council of India (QCI-NABET) for Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) [Sl. no. 5(c), Category A as per 2006 EIA Notification].

Overall area of the proposed project is approximately 160 acres which is already in possession of GAIL. The proposed project of is expected to be mechanically completed in 48 months. The total estimated cost of PDH & PP Complex is around Rs. 6707.67 Crores.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

11.1.1 Proposed Process Unit Description

The proposed complex shall consist of a Propane De-Hydrogenation (PDH) Unit which utilizes propane as feedstock for conversion into propylene through De-Hydrogenation route. The generated propylene from the PDH unit will be used in a downstream Polypropylene (PP) unit to convert to Poly propylene unit.

Material balance:

Description 000’Tons / Annum

Feedstock

PROPANE 601

Product

POLYPROPYLENE 500

C4 LPG 25

Utilities of Proposed Project:

Utilities & Off-sites Capacity

Steam & Power Generation

• Gas based steam Boiler (50 TPH) (1+1) x 405 Deg. C

@ 43 kg/cm2a

• ~ 125 MW Power Import from Grid.

Compressed Air System

• Nitrogen Plant – 2600 Nm3/hr

• Plant Air – 760 Nm3/hr

• Instrument Air – 2770 Nm3/hr

Cooling Water Total Requirement – 16000 m3/hr (4 + 1) Cells of 4000 m3 each

Treated Water System

Treated Water rate– 480 m3/hr Treated Water Storage - based on 7.5 days storage.

RO Based DM Plant 105 M3/hr (feed basis)

Condensate Polishing Unit

12 m3/hr

Effluent Treatment Plant

15 m3/hr

Storage & Off-sites:

Utilities & Off-sites Description

Storages Propane - 5 Mounded Bullets Propylene - 3 Mounded Bullets Hydrogen Storage Treated Water - 3 Tanks Polypropylene Warehouse Fire water reservoir

Onshore Pipelines Treated Water - 28”





AT USAR FOR GAIL

11.2 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The description of the existing environmental status of the study area (10 km radius area) is summarized here.


PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HC (Methane & Non Methane) CO, Benzene at eight (08) different locations during 12 weeks (15th December, 2017-15th March, 2018). A summary of the same is given in Table 11.1.

Table 11.1 Summary of Baseline data of AAQs

Particular 98thPercentile value NAAQ Standard

PM10 56.2-67.8 100

PM2.5 25.1-32.5 60

SO2 12.2-14.7 80

NOX 13.8-16.5 80

HC 0.39-0.72 -

NMHC 0.01-0.23 -

All parameters were found well within limits prescribed by NAAQS 2009.

11.2.2 Water Environment:

For assessing the quality of water around the 10 km radius of the proposed plant, 16

samples were collected from the nearby villages. Out of 16 samples, eight (08) samples

were collected from the surface water and the remaining eight (08) samples were

collected from ground water source of the nearby villages. The analysis results for 16

locations collected during the study period are:

pH

The pH for all the ground and surface water samples collected in the study area ranges

from 7.42-7.71 and 7.30-8.2.

Temperature

Temperature values for all ground water locations were found in the range of 26 & 29⁰C

and for surface water locations were found to be as 26 & 27⁰C.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

TDS values are ranging from 269 to 416 mg/L for all ground water samples. In case of

surface water samples, the TDS was found to be 345 to 24800 mg/L respectively.

Dissolved Oxygen

The DO value for surface water samples was 2.7 to 3.7 mg/L.

Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)

The BOD values were found to be in the range of 27 to 154 mg/L for all the surface water

samples.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

The COD values for all surface water samples were found to be 245 to 360 mg/L

respectively.

Heavy Metals

Heavy metals such as Lead (Pb), Cadmium (Cd) and Chromium (Cr) are found below the

standard.

Toxic compounds

No Toxic compounds observed in all the 16 samples analyzed.

Sulphate (SO4)

Sulphate concentration for all ground water samples were found to be in range of 6 to 125

mg/L, and are observed to be within the permissible limits of 400 mg/L for all locations.

Beyond the permissible limit causes gastro intestinal irritation when magnesium and

sodium are present.

For all surface water samples, Sulphate concentration was found to be 57 to 92 mg/L

respectively.

Nitrate (NO3)

The nitrate concentration was in the range of 1.2 to 4.3 mg/L for all ground water

locations, and are observed to be within the desirable limits of 45 mg/L as per IS:10500.

For all surface water locations, nitrate was found to be 4.2 to 12.4 mg/L respectively.

Total Phosphorous (P)

Phosphorous concentration was in the range of 0.01 to 0.03 mg/L for all ground water

locations and for all surface water samples concentration was found to be 0.006 to 0.03

mg/L respectively.

Total Hardness as CaCO3

Total hardness were found to be in the range of 110 to 195 mg/L for all ground water

locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 600 mg/L for all locations. For all

surface water locations, TH was found to be 97 to 5640 mg/L respectively.

Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

Total Alkalinity were found to be in the range of 41 to 181 mg/L for all ground water

locations which were observed to be within the desirable limit of 200 mg/L as per

IS:10500. For all surface water locations, total alkalinity was found to be 62 to 122 mg/L

respectively.

Chlorides (Cl)

Chlorides concentration were found in the range of 21 to 107 mg/L for all ground water

locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 1000 mg/L as per IS: 10500. For





AT USAR FOR GAIL

all surface water locations, chloride concentration was found to be 90 to 13397 mg/L

respectively.

Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

TSS concentration was found to be in the range of 4 mg/L for all ground water locations

and for all surface water locations, the TSS was found to be 10 to 14 mg/L respectively.

Sodium (Na)

Sodium concentrations were found to be in the range of 10 to 95 mg/L for all ground

water locations and for all surface water locations, the sodium concentrations were found

to be 70 to 6170 mg/L respectively.

Potassium (K)

Potassium concentrations were found to be in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 mg/L for all ground

water locations and for all surface water locations, the concentration was found to be 2.0

to 8.0 mg/L respectively.

11.2.3 Noise Environment:

Noise levels were monitored at 8 different locations within the study area. The day time

equivalent noise level ranges from 50.2 dB(A) to 52.1 dB(A) and the night time equivalent

noise levels ranges from 40.4 dB(A) to 42.7 dB(A). However, these levels are found to be

well within the permissible industrial limits (55 dB (A) and 45 dB (A)).

11.2.4 Soil Environment:

Soil samples were collected from 4 locations within the study area out of which one

location falls within the proposed site area. Soil in study area is based on particle sizes of

the samples collected from the site; they are mostly falling in loam, sandy loam and Clay

loam category. Sand percent was varying from 31 to 46.5%, Silt percent was in the range

of 28.5 to 33.5% and Clay was varying in range of 24 to 38.5%.

The concentration of organic matter in soils generally ranges from 0.07% to 0.29% of the

total topsoil mass for most upland soils. Soils whose upper horizons consist of less than

0.07% organic matter are mostly limited to desert areas, while the OM content of soils in

low-lying, wet areas can be as high as 90%.

11.2.5 Biological Environment:

The study area is located in AlibagTaluka of District Raigad, Maharashtra. Substantial areas under Alibag Forest Division and Roha Sub Division fall in the study area. The topography of the area within 10 km radius of the proposed project site is mostly hilly, rugged and in some places highly precipitous with general slope towards west. The chief hill range in the study area is the Western Ghats running north-south and occupying a major proportion of the area. This range forms the eastern boundary for the Kolaba Forest Division and the proposed project site at Usar. Another rugged belt of hills run along west. In between these two hill ranges, there is an intricate network of numerous and irregular minor hill ranges with spurs and shoot stretches of the Western Ghats in the east. The elevation of these hills range between 40 and 400 m above MSL. All the hill ranges are

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Topsoil

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Desert





AT USAR FOR GAIL

extensively cut by numerous rivulets and rivers forming many irregular ravines and valleys For recording the detailed information on the ecological/biological parameters within the study area, the area within the 10 km radial distance was further categorised into the following three zones.

Core zone:

This included the area between the project site and the radial distance of 2.5 km. The core zone represents the hub of the major activities and is therefore likely to receive the maximum impacts of the project related activities. Most of the changes in the landscape are also expected to occur in this zone.

Middle zone:

This included the area beyond 2.5 km but well within 5 km of the radial distance from project site. This zone is likely to receive perturbations of secondary nature.

Outer zone:

This included the area beyond 5 km but well within 10 km of the radial distance from the project site. This zone represents the area outside the impacts of project related disturbance. The objective of inclusion of this area in the study has been to ascertain the spatial limits of project related impacts.

The forest areas of Vave, Ambepur, Bapale, Chinchoti, Bagmala and Chaul fall in the middle zone. These areas have been mainly used by the Forest Department to raise plantations. The two dominant tree species that are raised in these plantations are Acacia auriculiformis and Tectonagrandis. The overall ground cover in all these areas is in highly degraded form. The PF and RF areas of Belkade of the outer zone were generally in degraded form as a result of high biotic disturbances. At present, the State Forest Department has planted Acacia auriculiformis in this area. Other naturally occurring species were Mangiferaindica, Phoenix sylvestris and Tectonagrandis. The shrub layer comprised mainly of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta. The overall ground cover was fairly low. The PFs near Dhavar and Umte villages also located in the outer zone are fairly well stocked and relatively free from biotic pressures. These are generally confined to hillocks. Acacia auriculiformis was the major species. The RF comprised of thickets of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta. As per Ministry of Environment & Forests Notifications and local forest notifications, there are no wildlife/bird sanctuaries/national parks/ biospheres in 10-km radius from plant site.

11.2.6 Socio-economic conditions:

The socio-economic aspects of the study area are assessed using Primary and Secondary data. Secondary data was also collected from published sources like, census data of 2011. A person aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding any language has been taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. The number and the percentage of literates within the study area is 76.66 %and 48472for the total study area among the total population of 63226.Total nos. of workers is 29276. Population breakup within 10 km radius of the plant as per 2011 census is 31868 male and 31358 female which makes up a Total population about 63226 respectively, with 02.28 % of SC and 15.03 % of ST Population.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS The environmental impacts associated with the proposed project during construction and

operational phases of the project on various environmental components have been identified and are given in Table 11.2.

Table 11.2: Impact Identification Matrix

Physical Biological Socio-economic

Activities

Am

bie

nt

air

qu

ality

Gro

un

d /

su

rfa

ce

wate

r

(qu

an

tity

/

qu

ality

)

Am

bie

nt

no

ise

Lan

d (

lan

d u

se,

top

og

rap

hy

&

dra

ina

ge

, s

oil)

Flo

ra

Fau

na

Liv

elih

oo

d &

occ

up

ati

on

Infr

astr

uctu

re

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Site preparation * * * * * *

Civil works * * *

Heavy equipment operations

*

Disposal of construction wastes

*

Generation/disposal of sewerage

* *

Transportation of materials * *

OPERATION PHASE

Commissioning of Process units, utilities and offsite

* * *

Product handling and storage

*

Emissions &Waste management – Air, liquid and solid waste

* * *

Impacts have been assessed considering spatial, temporal, intensity and vulnerability scales and its overall significance value is given in Table 11.3.

Table 11.3: Impact Assessment Summary

Environmental component Construction Operation

Air Low Low

Water Consumption of Raw Water Low Medium

Generation of Effluent Low Low

Land Land use & Topography Low -

Soil Quality Low Low

Noise Low Low

Biological Low Low

Socio-Economic Low Low





AT USAR FOR GAIL

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 11.4.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase Impacts (Significance - Low)

Dust will be generated from earth-moving, grading and civil works, and movement of vehicles on unpaved roads.

PM, CO, NOx, & SO2 will be generated from operation of diesel sets and diesel engines of machineries and vehicles.

Mitigation Measures

Ensuring preventive maintenance of vehicles and equipment.

Ensuring vehicles with valid Pollution under Control certificates are used.


Controlling vehicle speed on site

Operation Phase Impacts (Significance - Low)

The resultant SO2 with ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 14.83 g/m3 which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80

g/m3.

The resultant NOx ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 18.05 g/m3 which

is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80 g/m3.

Mitigation measures


Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations. 11.4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT Construction Phase

Impacts (Significance –Low)

The effluent streams will be generated regularly that will comprise of Sewage, grey water from site area and washing water for vehicle and equipment maintenance area.

Mitigation Measures

Monitoring water usage at work sites to prevent wastage. Operation Phase Impacts (Significance –Medium) For proposed project, normal treated water requirement is 480 m3/hr. This water will be sourced from Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC). M/s. GAIL has received consent letter from MIDC for supply of 15.6 MLD (650 m3/hr). The impact on water environment during the operation phase shall be in terms of water consumption and waste water generation due to process activities. There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Mitigation Measures

All the process effluents generated from proposed project will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant. Treated effluent from ETP and other non-process effluents are then routed to RO based recycle plant.

95% effluent shall be recovered in RO based recycle plant. Treated effluent shall be of treated raw water quality and DM water quality.

Reject effluent from RO based recycled plant shall be further treated in Evaporator and Crystallizer units. Dry sludge from recycle plant shall be disposed off to secured landfill.

There will be no liquid effluent disposal from proposed PDH & PP Plant. The proposed project is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) plant.

11.4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Construction Phase


Noise generation due to operation of heavy equipment and machinery, movement of heavy vehicles in site preparation and civil works.

Mitigation Measures

Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipments and vehicles. Operation Phase Impacts (Significance –Low) Noise level measurements were carried out in day and night times at numerous locations around the existing operating units within the plant complex. No additional impact is envisaged. Mitigation Measures



Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment. 11.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT Construction Phase


Generation of debris/construction material, but being the modifications limited to existing area, the generation of such waste shall be minimal.

Mitigation Measures

Restricting all construction activities inside the project boundary.

Ensuring any material resulting from clearing and grading should not be deposited on approach roads, streams or ditches, which may hinder the passage and/or natural water drainage.

Developing project specific waste management plan and hazardous material handling plan for the construction phase.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Operation Phase Impacts (Significance – Low)

Spent Catalyst will be generated after every 4 years. Mitigation Measures

Spent catalyst will be sent to manufacturer/authorized recyclers.

Other solid waste shall be sent to authorized landfill facilities.

11.4.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Construction Phase Impacts (Significance –Low)

The proposed facilities are to be developed in the land owned by GAIL. The project site does not harbor any fauna of importance. Therefore, the impact of construction activities on fauna will be insignificant.

Mitigation Measures:


Prevent littering of work sites with wastes, especially plastic and hazardous waste.

Training of drivers to maintain speed limits.

Operation Phase Impacts (Significance – Low)

The impacts due to proposed project activities during operation phase shall be insignificant due to minimal additional air emissions. There is negligible SO2 generation envisaged. Hence, no additional harmful affect is envisaged on surrounding agricultural fields.

Mitigation measures

Development of 106 acres of greenbelt area.

Plant trees during operation phase as per greenbelt development plan.

Proper maintenance of green belt developed which provides food and habitat for local macro and micro fauna.

Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored.

11.4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Construction Phase Impacts (Significance – Low)

Generation of temporary employment of substantial number of personnel. The average temporary manpower requirement is 2500 people for the first two years and subsequently for next two years 1500 people shall be required.

Transport requirements will arise during the construction phase due to the movement of both the personnel and materials.

An impact on basic necessities like shelter, food, water, sanitation and medical facilities for the temporary workers and truck drivers.

The majority of skilled and unskilled laborers are available in the impact area itself, the incremental effect on housing during the construction phase will be minimal.

Mitigation measures

Conducting awareness programmes for workers.

Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles

Determining safe, legal load limits of all bridges and roads that will be used by heavy vehicles and machinery.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

Determining allowable traffic patterns in the affected area throughout the work week will be made based on community use, include a consideration of the large turning requirements of certain vehicles/machineries that might increase congestion and traffic hazards.

Consolidating deliveries of materials and personnel to project sites, whenever feasible, to minimize flow of traffic.

Minimizing interruption of access to community for use of public infrastructure



Preventing possession of firearms by project-personnel, except those responsible for security.

Operation Phase

Impacts (Significance – Low)

Employment generation, effects on transport and other basic infrastructure.

Transport requirements will arise due to the movement of both the personnel and materials.

Mitigation measures

Extending reach of CSR Program.

Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles.

11.5 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

Considering all measures suggested above, cost is worked out for implementation of environmental management plan and is given in Table 11.4. The total estimated budget for implementation of EMP is worked out as Rs. 1025 Lakhs towards capital cost and Rs. 138 Lakhs towards recurring cost per annum.

Table 11.4: Budget of Environmental Management Plan (Capital Cost)

Sl. No.

Activity Capital Cost (Rupees in Lakhs)

Recurring Cost per Annum

(Rupees in Lakhs)

1.0 Air Environment

1.1 Plantation Activities (Trees and Shrubs)

250.0 100.0

1.2 Online analyzers & monitoring 200.0 20.0


2.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 Included in 1.1

2.2 Audiometric tests 5.0 3.0


3.1 Rain water Harvesting pits 50.0 5.0

3.2 New Packaged ETP 500.0 -

4.0 Land Environment


4.2 Solid waste management 20.0 10.0



Budget for EMP 1025.0 138.0





AT USAR FOR GAIL

11.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

11.6.1 RAPID RISK ASSESSMENT

RRA study carried out and mostly evaluates the consequences of potential failure scenarios, assess extent of damages, based on damage criteria’s and suggest suitable measures for mitigating the Hazard. The detailed consequence analysis of release of hydrocarbon in case of major credible scenarios is modeled in terms of release rate, dispersion and flammability which have been discussed in detail in the report. The Observations and recommendations arising out of the Rapid Risk analysis study for units under upcoming Usar Petrochemical project are summarized below:

Analysis of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH and PP unit is as given below:

PP Unit

Instrument tapping failure at Propylene charge pump, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m and may extend beyond the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 45 and 55 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similarly in case of Instrument tapping failure at Recycle pump discharge, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto45 and 54 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. However the effects are observed to be largely restricted within the unit provided the equipments are suitably sited. PDH

In case of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH unit such as Instrument tapping failure in Propane line at B/L, It is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 42 m and may cross the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5kW/m2 may cause escalation within the unit. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves, if realized may have an effect zone of 50 m and 54 m respectively. Also in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer bottom pump it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 49 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of37.5 and 12.5kW/m2 may reach a distance of 42 m and 51 m respectively with possible localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 56 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer feed dryer inlet line and Instrument tapping failure at Reject C4 Pump. Note: The loss of containment scenarios, equipment locations and conditions are indicative and need further assessment during detailing. It may also be noted that, there exists a possibility of other loss of containment scenarios, whose blast overpressure waves may affect the new control room based on the location of equipment in the unit and technology selected.

LPG unit

From the high frequency failure scenarios such as Instrument tapping failure at LPG column bottom line/NGL pump inlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of80 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5kW/m2 may lead to localized escalation. The Late pool fire radiation intensities of 12.5 kW/m2may be realized at a distance of 33 m from the source. The 5 psi overpressure blast wave may possibly affect the control room. The existing Lab building may be subjected to 3 psi overpressure blast waves.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

In case of a 20mm Leak in LP separator bottom outlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 86 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and12.5 kW/m2 may lead to a localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 99 m and 107 m which may affect the existing control room and PDH unit partially. Similar effects are noticed in case of 20mm Leak in HP separator bottom outlet. Hence based on the above consequences, following are recommended:

Provide adequate number of gas detectors (H2 &/HC) at suitable locations within unit (PDH/PP/LPG) for early leak detection. Also philosophy for quick isolation (through ROV’s) for vessels and columns containing inventories of C4/C5 and lighters should be developed for PDH/PP plants as a part of good safety design practice.

In PP unit, it is suggested locate the extrusion and pellet handling sections towards the western side for enhanced safety.

It is advisable to consider blast resistant construction of new MCR.

It is suggested to relocate the existing lab building to a safe location beyond the explosion effects based on scenarios arising out of LPG unit.

Ensure LPG control room is of blast resistant construction (or) explore integration of the same with New MCR.

In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PDH unit such as: Large hole at Product Splitter bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may reach upto112 m. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 kW/m2 and 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 82 m and 100 m (@2F condition) respectively. The 5 & 3 psi over pressure blast waves may reach a distance of 131 m and 140 m respectively and may affect new MCR and existing MCR depending on the location of equipment in the unit. Similarly in case of large hole at de-ethanizer reflux drum bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may be realized up to 131 m and may affect MCR, control room and LPG recovery unit depending on the location of the equipment. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 & 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 78 m and 95 m respectively (@2F condition). The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 155 m and 164 m respectively. In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PP unit such as:

Large hole at Propylene dryer bottom: it is observed that LFL distance of 157 m may reach SRR, warehouse and PDH plant. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 103 and 125m respectively @ 2F condition. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 178 m and 188 m and may affect SRR, Sub Station, PDH unit and warehouse depending on the location of equipment. Based on the above consequence, following are recommended:

Include these scenarios outcomes as an input to the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) & Emergency Response Plan (ERP).





AT USAR FOR GAIL

OFF-SITES In case of high frequency failure scenarios in Off-sites such as: Instrument tapping failure at Propane Pump discharge it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 43 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 45 m and 58 m respectively and may have a localized effect. The 5 & 3psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at Propylene Pump discharge and Instrument tapping failure at metering area. In case of Instrument tapping failure at H2 Bullet, it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 48 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 19 m and 23 m respectively and may affect the adjacent bullet. The 5 &3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 48 m and 51 m respectively. Based on the above consequence, following are recommended:

Provide gas and optical flame detectors at pump houses, metering station and H2 bullet area for quick detection and early action in loss of containment.

Consider fireproofing of H2 bullet for jet fire hazards.

Disaster Management Plan Emergency Response and Disaster Management Plan (ERDMP) will be prepared based on recommendations of Risk Assessment study. Both offsite and onsite disasters will be addressed in the report as well as the team to be contacted in case of emergency.

11.6.2 PUBLIC HEARING

As per the Terms of Reference (ToR) vide letter No. IA-J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I) dated 26-10-2017 issued by the MoEFCC, GoI and as per directives of the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board, Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-II has published 30 days' advance public notice in local newspaper Dainik Raigad Times in Marathi and in national newspaper Daily Indian Express on 20-05-2019. The public hearing for above project was arranged on 21-06-2019 at 11.00 a.m. at Ganesh Mangal Karyalaya, Sahan Bypass Road, Alibag Roha Road, Sahan, Taluka-Alibag, Dist - Raigad. As per Office Order issued by Member Secretary, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board Mumbai vide No.E-38 of 2019 under letter no.BO/JD/WPC/PH/B-2168, dated 20-06-2019, following Public Hearing Committee was constituted to conduct the public hearing :- 1) Additional District Magistrate, (Representative of District Magistrate, Raigad) - Chairman 2) Regional Officer MPCB, Raigad (Representative of MPCB, Mumbai) - Member 3) Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-11, MPCB - Convener Convener of the Public Hearing Committee informed that as per the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest, Climate Change, Govt. of India, (i.e. MoEFCC, GoI) dated 14th September, 2006 as amended on 1st December, 2009, it is mandatory to conduct prior public consultation to certain projects which are covered in the schedule of the said Notification. MPCB has received proposal for setting up of proposed 500 KTA Propane Dehydration Unit Integrated with Polypropylene Unit at Village- Usar, Taluka- Alibag, Dist- Raigad, Maharashtra.





AT USAR FOR GAIL

With the permission of Hon'ble Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee, the Convener informed project proponent to give information regarding the project before all the participant. Chairperson of Public Hearing Committee and Additional District Magistrate, Raigad welcomed all and informed officials of the project to explain the details of pollution control devices and environment management plan of the proposed project in local and official language Marathi. The Project Proponent gave the presentation of the proposed project. Environmental aspects, Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and other features in detail in Marathi. After the presentation, Regional Officer, MPCB, Raigad and Member of the Public Hearing Committee welcomed all and informed the participants to inform the name and place of residence before informing the suggestion or objection. Chairperson of the Public Hearing Committee appealed all to raise any doubts, suggestions and objections against the project. People from the surrounding villages participated in the discussions and presented their views/ suggestions/ complaints before the public hearing committee. Project Proponent clarified the points and presented their replies on the matters. Public Hearing Committee also remarked that the views of the local peoples are definitely appreciated. The local youths and youth women who are skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled should be given job opportunities as per the recruitment policy of Govt. of India. District Administration will definitely take the follow up.

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The benefits of polymer addition project are as follows:

1. Profitability and value addition being higher in producing polymer products. 2. Reducing import from other countries. 3. Employment opportunity for local population. 4. Development of local transport and infrastructure are also envisaged.

11.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

GAIL will carry out Various CER activities in the vicinity of project area during next 5 years. The budget for CER activities is provisioned as Rs. 20.77 Crores (approx. 0.31 % of total project cost in line with MoEFCC notification vide F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III; dated: 01.05.2018). The above funds 415.4 Lakhs /year will be spent in various CER activities during 5 years like Solar Lighting/Solar pump (Irrigation) system, Drinking Water Facilities, greenbelt development, Air quality monitoring in surrounding area etc. in addition to the cost envisaged for the implementation of the EIA/EMP which includes the measures for the pollution control, environmental protection and conservation.


174 Document No.

B078-1742-EI-1901 Rev. No. 2

Page 174 of 179


FOR GAIL

CHAPTER – 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS





USAR FOR GAIL

12.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Name of Organization: Engineers India Limited

Address: Head - Environment, Water & Safety Division

Tower-I, Ground floor,

R&D centre, Engineers India Limited, Gurugram

(On NH-48), Haryana-122001

Telephone Nos. : 0124-3802035

Email: [email protected]

12.2 ESTABLISHMENT

Engineers India Limited (EIL) was established in 1965 to provide engineering and

related services for Petroleum Refineries and other industrial projects. Over the years,

it has diversified into and excelled in various fields. EIL has emerged as Asia's leading

design, engineering and turnkey contracting company in Petroleum Refining,

Petrochemicals, Pipelines, Onshore Oil & Gas, Mining & Metallurgy, Offshore Oil &

Gas, Terminals & Storages and Infrastructure. EIL provides a wide range of design,

engineering, procurement, construction supervision, commissioning assistance and

project management as well as EPC services. It also provides specialist services such

as heat & mass transfer equipment design, environment engineering, information

technology, specialist materials and maintenance, plant operations & safety including

HAZOPS & Risk Analysis, refinery optimization studies and yield & energy optimization

studies.

Engineers India has earned recognition for jobs executed in India and several countries

of West Asia, North Africa, Europe and South East Asia including Algeria, Bahrain,

Kuwait, Korea, Malaysia, Norway, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sri Lanka, UAE and Vietnam.

EIL is diversifying into the areas of Water & Waste Management, Nuclear Power,

Thermal and Solar Power and City Gas Distribution.

EIL has its head office in New Delhi, regional engineering offices in Gurgaon, Chennai,

Kolkata and Vadodara and a branch office in Mumbai. It has inspection offices at all

major equipment manufacturing locations in India and a wholly owned subsidiary

Certification Engineers International Ltd. (CEIL) for undertaking independent

certification & third party inspection assignments. Outside India, EIL has offices in Abu

Dhabi (UAE), London, Milan and Shanghai and a wholly owned subsidiary, EIL Asia

Pacific Sdn. Bhd. (EILAP) in Malaysia. EIL has also formed a joint venture Jabal

EILIOT with IOTL & Jabal Dhahran for tapping business opportunities in Saudi Arabia.

Backed by its unmatched experience, EIL enjoys a high professional standing in the

market and is known as a versatile and competent engineering company that can be

relied upon for meeting the clients' requirements. Quality Management System with

respect to EIL's services conforms to ISO 9001:2008 The Design Offices are equipped

with state-of-the-art computing systems, design tools and infrastructure.





USAR FOR GAIL

12.3 EIL’S VISION

To be a world-class globally competitive EPC and total solutions Consultancy

Organization.

12.4 EIL’S MISSION

Achieve „Customer delight‟ through innovative, cost effective and value added

consulting and EPC services.

To maximize creation of wealth, value and satisfaction for stakeholders with high

standards of business ethics and aligned with national policies.

12.5 CORE VALUES OF EIL

Benchmark to learn from superior role models.

Nurture the essence of Customer Relationship and bonding.

Foster Innovation with emphasis on value addition.

Integrity and Trust as fundamental to functioning.

Thrive upon constant Knowledge updation as a Learning organization.

Passion in pursuit of excellence.

Quality as a way of life.

Collaboration in synergy through cross-functional Team efforts.

Sense of ownership in what we do.

12.6 QUALITY POLICY OF EIL

Enhance customer satisfaction through continuous improvement of our

technologies, work processes, and systems and total compliance with

established quality management system.

Consistently improve the quality of products /services with active participation of

committed and motivated employees and feedback from stakeholders.

Provide added value to customers through timely and cost effective

services/deliverables.

Ensure total compliance with applicable health, safety and environment

requirements during design and delivery of products to enrich quality of life.

12.7 HSE POLICY OF EIL

Ensure compliance with requirements of health, safety and environment, during

design and delivery of products/ services as per applicable National and

International codes, standards, procedures, engineering practices, and statutory

requirements including customer's requirements.

Ensure safety and health of employees, personnel of clients and associates.

Create awareness on health, safety and environment aspects for all employees

and associates.





USAR FOR GAIL

12.8 RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY OF EIL

EIL is committed to effective management of risks across the organization by

aligning its risk management strategy to its business objectives through

Instituting a risk management structure for timely identification, assessment,

mitigating, monitoring and reporting of risks.

Risk management at EIL is the responsibility of every employee both individually

as well as collectively.

The present EIA report has been prepared by EIL, an engineering and consultancy

organization in the country. EIL has been preparing regularly EIA / EMP reports for

different projects. The environmental Engineering Division of EIL has carried out more

than 300 numbers of Environmental Impact Assessment projects.

12.9 SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) - under the

Accreditation Scheme for EIA Consultant Organizations has accredited EIL as EIA

consultant for 14 EIA Sectors, vide NABET notification dated 29.09.14 and certification

No.- 43/2014. The list of sectors for which the accreditation has been accorded by

NABET is given in Figure 12.1. The same can be referred from the NABET website

“www.qcin.org/nabet/about.php”, by following the link - EIA Accreditation Scheme –

Accreditation Register – Accredited Consultant.

The validity of EIL Accreditation was upto 15.09.2019 and Re-accreditation process is

under progress by NABET. And the NABET has been issued a validity extension letter

upto 18th May, 2020 vide letter no. QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/20/1241; Dated: 19.02.2020.

The same is shown in Figure 12.2.





USAR FOR GAIL

Figure 12.1: EIL Accreditation Certificate by NABET





USAR FOR GAIL

Figure 12.2: Validity Extension Letter for EIL Accreditation by NABET

Documents

REVISED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY …environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/...8. NV S.V.R. Subramanyam December, 2017 – May, 2018 Verification of noise and traffic